<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type='text/xsl' href='rsspretty.xsl'?>
<rss version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <title>Microsoft Office Development: Office, SharePoint, Lync, and Exchange</title>
    <description>You are viewing a feed that contains frequently updated developer content for Microsoft Office, SharePoint, Lync, and Exchange.</description>
    <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/aa905369</link>
    <lastBuildDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2011 14:16:13 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <pubDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2011 14:16:13 GMT</pubDate>
    <item>
      <title>Exchange Web Services Managed API 1.2 SDK</title>
      <description>The Exchange Web Services Managed API 1.2 provides an intuitive API for developing Exchange Web Services clients. This documentation helps you build them.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd633710(EXCHG.80).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Integrating Lync 2010 with IBM Social Collaboration Environments</title>
      <description>Learn how to integrate Microsoft Lync 2010 in an IBM Social Collaboration environment that uses Lotus Notes, IBM Connections, and IBM WebSphere.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh527742.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reproducing Complex PBX Features Using Lync 2010 Custom Audio Routing</title>
      <description>Learn how to use Microsoft Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 to implement advanced Private Branch Exchange (PBX) features. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh527751.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Activating SharePoint 2010 Sandboxed Solutions by Using Code (Wrox)</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically activate and deactivate a sandboxed solution in SharePoint Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh528516.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Configuring SharePoint 2010 My Calendar Web Parts to Synchronize with Exchange E-Mail Accounts (Wrox)</title>
      <description>Learn about various collaboration features in SharePoint Server 2010, such as how to configure, use, and extend the My Calendar Web Part to synchronize with your corporate Microsoft Exchange email account.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh528520.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating a Design for SharePoint 2010 Global Navigation and Search Boxes (Wrox)</title>
      <description>Learn how to design and customize the global navigation and the search box in SharePoint Server 2010. The article includes an example of how to create a new Master Page and a new CSS file by using SharePoint Designer.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh528515.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Silverlight Dashboards for SharePoint 2010 (Wrox)</title>
      <description>Learn how to build Silverlight dashboards in a Microsoft SharePoint 2010 environment.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh528517.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Timer Jobs in SharePoint 2010 That Target Specific SharePoint Services (Wrox)</title>
      <description>Learn how to create a Microsoft SharePoint 2010 timer job that is associated with a particular SharePoint service in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh528519.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Timer Jobs in SharePoint 2010 That Target Specific Web Applications (Wrox)</title>
      <description>Learn to create a SharePoint 2010 timer job that is associated with a SharePoint 2010 web application, giving you the flexibility to offload your long-running or scheduled processes from your IIS sites.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh528518.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EWS, MIME, and the Missing Internet Message Headers</title>
      <description>You can use MIME content with the Exchange Web Services (EWS) API. This article provides information about using MIME with Exchange 2007 and Exchange 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh545614(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange Server</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adding a Custom Action to a SharePoint 2010 Display Form for List Items</title>
      <description>Learn how to add a ribbon button to the display form and link it to a custom action in Microsoft SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh500259.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Adding, Removing, and Renaming Custom Groups in Lync 2010</title>
      <description>This topic demonstrates how to add, remove, and rename custom groups. A custom group is a user-defined instance of Group whose membership is defined by a user.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Lync-2010-Add-Remove-and-85fc87ca</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exchange Server 2010 SP2 Web Services SDK Download</title>
      <description>Download new and updated documentation and samples for building applications that use Web services in Exchange 2010 SP2.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?displaylang=en&amp;id=13082</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>Exchange Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Provisioning, Policies, Remote Wipe, and the Allow/Block/Quarantine list in Exchange ActiveSync</title>
      <description>Learn how the Exchange ActiveSync provisioning process, policy settings, remote wipe feature, and Allow/Block/Quarantine (ABQ) list can be used to manage security settings, determine a client device’s permissions to synchronize mailbox data, and manage a client device’s access to mailbox data.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh509085(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exchange 2010 SP2 Web Services SDK</title>
      <description>Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 2 (SP2) provides new and improved Web service interfaces that you can use to implement client applications that access and manage Exchange store items. You can use the information in this SDK to create client applications that use the Web services that are available in Exchange 2010 SP2.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd877012(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Oct 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Exchange Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: [MS-OXOCAL]: Using the RecurrencePattern Structure to Derive a Valid Recurrence</title>
      <description>This code sample shows you how to find a valid recurrence in a daily recurrence pattern by using the FirstDateTime field of the RecurrencePattern structure in the Appointment and Meeting Object Protocol.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/MS-OXOCAL-Using-the-6e7c7a9d</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Exchange Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with the RecurrencePattern structure in [MS-OXOCAL]</title>
      <description>Learn how to calculate the FirstDateTime field of the RecurrencePattern structure of the Appointment and Meeting Object Protocol.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh487300(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Working with Presence and Groups in UCMA 3.0</title>
      <description>Learn how to use presence to find an available member of a Microsoft Lync 2010 contact group, and then add the contact to a multiparty group conversation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Lync-2010-Working-With-be423675</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exchange Server Active Directory Schema Changes Reference (Download)</title>
      <description>Download a reference that provides information about the changes that Microsoft Exchange Server makes to the Active Directory schema when it is installed.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=5401</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Sep 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>Exchange Server</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disabling EWS in Exchange 2010 (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Set-CASMailbox command to modify EWS access in Exchange 2010.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/exchangedev/archive/2011/09/15/disabling-ews-in-exchange-2010.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>OneNote 2010: XML Schema Definition (XSD) File</title>
      <description>Download the OneNote2010.xsd file for the Microsoft OneNote 2010 (.one) format.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?&amp;id=27396</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exchange API-spotting: JET_ERRINFOBASIC_W API (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>The JET_ERRINFOBASIC_W API includes a group of constants, a structure, and a function, as defined in the header file Esent.h. These are described in this blog post.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/exchangedev/archive/2011/09/13/jet-errinfobasic-w-api.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office Communication Server 2007 R2 Group Chat SDK Documentation</title>
      <description>Use the Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 R2 Group Chat API to programmatically search for and manage chat rooms, as well as interact with other users in conversations. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff755220(office.13).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Sep 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office Communication Server</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where in the SDK are the Visio diagrams for the RDB? (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Learn an easy way to create database diagrams by using either Visio Professional or Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/08/30/where-in-sdk-is-the-visio-diagram-for-the-rdb.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You can use Project with SharePoint Composites, too (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>For those who work with Project and Project Server, the "Guide to Creating SharePoint Composites" handbook can help to expand your view of what is possible – as well as what is useful.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/08/29/you-can-use-project-with-sharepoint-composites-too.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office 2010 101 Code Samples (VBA) Released (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Check out the most popular samples! We’ve published them both as a packaged download and also as multiple individual code sample gallery pages where you can easily download individual code samples, copy paste, rate, and share with your friends.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/erikaehrli/archive/2011/08/29/office-2010-101-code-samples-vba-released-coming-soon-sharepoint-2010-101-code-samples-request-for-code-sample-ideas.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Outlook 2010 MAPI Reference Has Been Updated! (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Check out what's new in the latest update - Nickname Cache, MAPI Constants, Personal Store Override,and updated properties. </description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/08/26/outlook-2010-mapi-reference-has-been-updated.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Streaming Notifications with Exchange 2010</title>
      <description>Streaming notifications, which combine the functionalities of push and pull notifications, are new in Exchange Server 2010 SP1. This article explains how streaming notifications work and when to use them.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh312849(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Meeting Requests in Exchange ActiveSync</title>
      <description>This article explains how Exchange ActiveSync clients can respond to meeting requests and interpret meeting responses by using Exchange ActiveSync protocol version 14.1.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh428685(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Meeting Responses in Exchange ActiveSync</title>
      <description>Learn how Exchange ActiveSync clients can create, send, receive, and interpret meeting requests by using Exchange ActiveSync protocol version 14.1.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh428684(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Looking for SharePoint code samples? We need your help! </title>
      <description>Tell us what you need and we'll try to provide it in our 101 Code Samples for SharePoint project.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/sharepointdev/archive/2011/08/23/request-for-sharepoint-code-sample-ideas-frank-rice.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Online</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Claims Architecture and Scenarios for SharePoint 2010 Developers</title>
      <description>Learn how claims-based authentication in SharePoint 2010 enables you to support advanced scenarios that require custom development.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh394901.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Search Server</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customizing SharePoint Online with SharePoint Designer 2010</title>
      <description>Learn how to use SharePoint Designer 2010 to customize and build solutions for SharePoint Online, a service of Office 365.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh428136.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
      <category>SharePoint Online</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Download: Using Streaming Notifications with Exchange 2010 </title>
      <description>Download a sample application shows how to connect, subscribe to, and handle streaming notification events.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=a0d85acf-fc86-4c29-b57e-b755fa5ac3aa</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handy Programming Tips for OneNote 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Learn programming tips that you can apply to your own OneNote 2010 applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377184.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating a Page in a Notebook in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn to programmatically create a new page in a OneNote 2010 notebook.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377183.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Navigating to a Notebook in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the NavigateTo and GetHierarchy methods to navigate to and open a specific notebook. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377178.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Docking a Notebook in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the Window object to dock or undock a notebook from the right-side of the desktop.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377181.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Opening and Closing a Notebook in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the CloseNotebook, OpenHierarchy, and NavigateTo methods to close, open, and then navigate to a notebook in a new window.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377180.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Searching in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the GetHierarchy and FindPages methods to search for user specified terms in a notebook.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377182.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Publishing to a PDF file in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the GetHierarchy and Publish methods to iterate through the first notebook, its first section, and then retrieve the contents of the first page.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377185.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving Page Metadata in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the GetHierarchy method to retrieve meta-data and data about the pages in a notebook.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377179.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving Section Metadata in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the GetHierarchy method to retrieve meta-data and data about the sections in a notebook.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377187.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving Window Metadata in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the Windows and Window objects to retrieve meta-data and data about the windows in one or more notebooks. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377177.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving Notebook Metadata in OneNote 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Use the GetHierarchy method to retrieve meta-data and other data about a notebook. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh377186.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Change Analytic Report Data Source Sample for PerformancePoint Services</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically change the data source for an analytic report in PerformancePoint Services for SharePoint Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PerformancePoint-2010-750abae7</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PerformancePoint Services</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Implementing an Exchange ActiveSync Client: The Transport Mechanism</title>
      <description>Examine the process of establishing the basic transport mechanism when implementing an Exchange ActiveSync client.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh361570(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving Comments from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Use the strongly-typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 for Microsoft Office to retrieve an XML block that contains all the comments from a Microsoft Word 2010 document, without loading the document into Word.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh344204.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Retrieving Comments from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0</title>
      <description>The code sample provided with this Visual How To includes the code to retrieve the XML block that contains all the comments from a Word 2007 or Word 2010 document. </description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Retrieving-Comments-from-fc5ab625</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Retrieving Comments from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to use the strongly typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 to retrieve an XML block that contains all the comments from a Word document.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=odc&amp;VideoID=c56b6492-8e35-42e7-8ae3-09c4e2f821f3</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Add Icon Sets for Ranges Using Excel.AddIconSetCondition</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to add an icon set for a given range of values in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Add-Icon-Sets-15e5d69e</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Apply Conditional Formatting Using the Excel.DataBar Method</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to work with data bars in Excel 2010 to include fill, axis position, and the color of negative and positive values.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Apply-6d60dece</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Change Colors to Indicate Values Above and Below Average in Ranges</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to manipulate the formatted colors above and below an average within a given a range of values in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Changing-Colors-4e13d544</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Communicate with PageSetup Using the Excel.PrintCommunication Method</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the Application.PrintCommunication property in Excel 2010 to communicate with the printer PageSetup object.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Communicate-cad0ff38</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Create Charts Events Programmatically</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the WorkbookNewChart event and WorkbookAfterSave event in Excel 2010 to create chart events programmatically upon saving the file.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Create-Charts-2dde5885</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Determine Open Add-Ins Using Excel.TestAddIn.IsOpen</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to determine programmatically if an add-in is open in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Determine-Open-0b953d6d</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Display Top Ten Percent in Ranges Programmatically</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the AddTop10 method to display the top 10% for a range of numbers in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Display-Top-Ten-9f95bafc</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Display Unique Numbers in Ranges Using Excel.AddUnique</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the AddUnique method to display unique numbers for a range of numbers in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Display-Unique-1b1c114b</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Enable Removal of Duplicate Rows Using Excel.RemoveDuplicates</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the RemoveDuplicates method to enable removal of duplicate rows from a range of data.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Enable-Removal-72402a70</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Export Data to PDF or XPS Using the Excel.ExportAsFixedFormat Method</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the ExportAsFixedFormat method to export a range of data in an Excel 2010 worksheet to PDF or XPS format.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Export-Data-to-07bb5550</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Format Data Ranges Using the Excel.DisplayFormat Method</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to apply conditional formatting to a range of data in Excel 2010 by using the DisplayFormat class.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Format-Data-45aca213</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Formatting Colors in Ranges Using Excel.AddColorScale</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the AddColorScale method to format the color in a range of numbers in Excel 2010. 
</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Formatting-3a0674e8</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Manipulate UI Properties Using Excel.ApplicationProperties</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to manipulate various application properties that apply to the user interface in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Manipulate-UI-ce578987</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Modify Display Properties of Tables Using Excel.ListObjectDisplay</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the ListObject object to modify the display properties of a table in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Modify-Display-64fc315e</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Remove Various Properties Using Excel.RemoveDocumentInformation</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the RemoveDocumentInformation method to remove comments, defined name comments, personal information, and document properties from an Excel 2010 worksheet.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Remove-Various-40b4397f</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Retrieve Information About Chart Points Using Excel.PointClass</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to retrieve information about the points in an Excel 2010 chart such as its name, top and left positions, and width and height values.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Retrieve-355086ce</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Show Properties of Chart Series Using Excel.SeriesProperties</title>
      <description>This sample shows the properties of the Series class for a chart in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Show-Properties-640bdd53</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Show Properties of Exceeded Frames Using Excel.TextFrameProperties</title>
      <description>This sample shows the properties available for text in a text frame in Excel 2010 when the text exceeds the frame size.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Show-Properties-2c1da657</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Show Properties of ListObject Using Excel.ListObjectTableStyles</title>
      <description>This sample shows the properties of the ListObject object such as the TableStyles property, the TableStyle property, the TableStyleElements property, and the TableStyleElement property.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Show-Properties-47aa357c</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Show Properties of the Window Object Using Excel.WindowProperties</title>
      <description>This sample shows the ActiveSheetView property, DisplayRuler property, DisplayWhiteSpace property of the Window object in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Show-Properties-4e7a0333</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Sort and Filter Programmatically Using Excel.ListObjectSortFilter</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the ListObject object to sort and filter a table programmatically in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Sort-and-Filter-f7aa37e7</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Sort Data Programmatically Using Excel.WorksheetSort</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to sort a range of data in ascending and descending order programmatically in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Sort-Data-196a8f1b</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Use Properties of Sparkline Groups Using Excel.SparkLines</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use various properties of a sparkline group in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Use-Properties-91f84d20</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Work with DataBodyRange and Total Properties Using Excel.ListColumn</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the DataBodyRange property and Total property of the ListColumn object in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Work-with-7e96e627</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Work with Gradient Fill Features Using Excel.Gradient Method</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the gradient fill features of the FillFormat object in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Work-with-ae123477</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Work with Header and Footer Properties Using Excel.PagesAndPage</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the header and footer properties of the Pages object and Page object in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Work-with-c85cd29e</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Work with Hyperlinks Programmatically</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to work with hyperlinks in Excel 2010 by using the Range.ClearHyperlinks method.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Work-with-0e3b33bf</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Work with Several Date Functions Using Excel.WorksheetFunctionDates</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the WorksheetFunction object including several date functions in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Work-with-19f91143</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Work with Various Properties Using Excel.PageSetup Object</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use various properties of the PageSetup object in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Work-with-26ab7e88</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Office 2010: Change Chart Layouts Using Office.Chart.ModifyChartLayout</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to change the layout or style of a chart in Microsoft Office 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Office-2010-Change-Chart-9c0a321f</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Office 2010: Create Bar Charts Using Office.Chart.CreateSimpleChart</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to programmatically create a simple bar chart in Microsoft Office 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Office-2010-Create-Bar-3d955bde</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Office 2010: Modify Chart Axis Text Using Office.Chart.WorkWithAxisText</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to modify a chart’s axis text by manipulating various properties in Microsoft Office 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Office-2010-Modify-Chart-a24d9662</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Office 2010: Modify Chart Legends Using Office.Chart.WorkWithLegend</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to modify a chart legend in Microsoft Office 2010 by changing such properties as its fill, shadow, and line type.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Office-2010-Modify-Chart-30a61449</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Office 2010: Modify Chart Titles Using Office.Chart.WorkWithTitle</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to modify a chart’s title by changing its orientation and color in Microsoft Office 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Office-2010-Modify-Chart-f89e1ee6</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Office 2010: Modify Charts Using Office.Chart.ModifyChartData</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to modify a chart in Microsoft Office 2010 by dynamically increasing the data it contains.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Office-2010-Modify-Charts-04edd62d</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Create New Pages Programmatically Using OneNote.CreateOneNotePage</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to find the first section of a OneNote 2010 notebook, create a new page, and then set the title and page content.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Create-New-880f8ee3</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Manipulate Docking Using OneNote.fromVBA.DockWindow</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to manipulate docking and undocking of SideNote windows in OneNote 2010 notebooks.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Manipulate-4e370e72</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Navigate to Objects in OneNote 2010 Using OneNote.NavigateTo</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the NavigateTo method to navigate to an object within a OneNote 2010 notebook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Navigate-to-438782e1</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Open, Close, and Display OneNote 2010 Notebooks in a New Window</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use various methods to close, open, and then display a OneNote 2010 notebook in a new window.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Open-Close-84193a49</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Output OneNote 2010 Page Content from VBA Sources</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to iterate through the first notebook in OneNote 2010, then its first section, and finally gets the first page and outputs the page content from a VBA host (excluding OneNote).</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Output-79bf3197</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Output OneNote 2010 Page Content to PDF Files</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to iterate through a OneNote 2010 notebook, its first section, and finally get the first page and outputs the page's content to a PDF file.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Output-5226f457</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Perform Keyword Searches in OneNote and Get Results in XML Format</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to retrieve a OneNote 2010 notebook and then perform a keyword search of that notebook, returning the results as XML.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Perform-251397c9</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Retrieve Attribute Data About Sections in OneNote 2010 Notebooks</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the GetHierarchy method to get attribute data about the sections in OneNote 2010 notebooks from any VBA host (excluding OneNote).</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Retrieve-1e2d503a</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Retrieve Data About Notebooks Using OneNote.fromVBA.ListNotebooks</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to get metadata and data about available OneNote 2010 notebooks using the GetHierarchy method in any VBA host (excluding OneNote).</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Retrieve-Data-023e69c0</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Retrieve Information About Open OneNote 2010 Windows</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the Windows and Window objects to retrieve information about the currently open OneNote 2010 window(s) such as notebook, page, and section IDs.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Retrieve-9ff36ffc</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Retrieve Metadata From Pages of OneNote 2010 Notebook Sections</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to get metadata from the pages of a section in OneNote 2010 notebooks such as the section name, its ID, and last date it was modified.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Retrieve-ca2f9534</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Return Backup Folder Data Locations Using GetSpecialLocation</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the GetSpecialLocation method to provide data about the location of the backups folder that OneNote 2010 uses to store the automatic and manual backups of your OneNote files, and the default local file location for new notebooks.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Return-Backup-9b334641</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: OneNote 2010: Work with Built-In Dialogs and Properties Using QuickFiling Dialog</title>
      <description>This sample demonstrates the QuickFiling dialog to select an object, such as a Page object, in OneNote 2010 by using a built-in dialog and return various properties.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OneNote-2010-Work-with-d5444692</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Outlook 2010: Access Lists of SharePoint Objects Using Outlook.PickerDialog</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the new PickerDialog object in Outlook 2010, to access a SharePoint server to get a list of objects such as users, distribution lists, and so forth.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Outlook-2010-Access-Lists-a52255a9</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Outlook 2010: Create SMS and MMS Messages Using Outlook.MobileItem</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to create Short Message Service (SMS) text messages or multimedia message (MMS) messages from within Outlook 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Outlook-2010-Create-SMS-86f7b716</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Outlook 2010: Manipulate Items in Mail Conversations Using Outlook.Conversations</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the new Conversation object in Outlook 2010 to manipulate items in a mail conversation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Outlook-2010-Manipulate-64fead5e</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Outlook 2010: View Exchange Server Properties Using Outlook.ExchangeAccounts</title>
      <description>This sample demonstrates new and enhanced properties that provide information about the Exchange Server to which an account is connected in Outlook 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Outlook-2010-View-Exchange-67e600d8</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Add and Format Shapes Using PPT.ColorFormat.Brightness</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to select the first slide in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation, add a shape to it, and then change the brightness of the shape's foreground.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Add-and-a36739d5</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Add Series of Application-Level Events Using PPT.NewEvents
</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to add a series of new Application-level events in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Add-Series-fccd83cc</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Apply Themes &amp; Backgrounds Using PPT.ApplyTheme.BackgroundStyle</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the ApplyTheme method and the BackgroundStyle property in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Apply-01880319</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Change Chart Locations Using PPT.InteractWithChartLocation</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to work with the location of a chart in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Change-2e90101e</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Control Animation Click Behavior Using PPT.SlideShowClicks</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the GetClickCount method, the GetClickIndex method, and the GotoClick method to control the click behavior for animations in PowerPoint 2010 presentations.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Control-6c23a2b1</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Convert Text into SmartArt Using PPT.ConvertTextToSmartArt</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to convert text programmatically into different built-in SmartArt layouts and how to create a list of all of the index values and smart art names in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Convert-d51f749f</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Copy Animation Using PPT.PickupAndApplyAnimation</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to copy an animation from one shape to another in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Copy-43397229</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Create Videos Programmatically</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to create videos in PowerPoint 2010 programmatically using VBA.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Create-28924210</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Display Media Control Properties</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to  display information about various properties of a media control in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Display-a0301e08</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Export Slides as PPTX Files Using PPT.PublishSlides</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to export each slide in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation as a separate PPTX file, in order to view them in a browser.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Export-c3979518</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Insert, Move, Get Section Counts Using PPT.WorkWithSections</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to insert sections, get counts and names of sections, and move sections in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Insert-b6f1e012</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Interact with Table Styles Using PPT.Table.ApplyStyle</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to programmatically interact with table styles in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Interact-ea2fbe1b</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Link Videos and Embedded Audio Files Using PPT.AddMedia</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to link a video file and embedded audio file in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Link-51cf9d4c</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: List SmartArt Names Using PPT.WorkWithSmartArt</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to list all of the index values and SmartArt names in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-List-03504166</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Merge Two Decks into One Using PPT.MergeWithBaseline</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to merge two modified PowerPoint 2010 presentation decks into a single baseline deck.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Merge-Two-fdaa0edd</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Modify Aspects of Videos Using PPT.MediaFormatProperties</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to modify various aspects of a video in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation by using the MediaFormat property and how to list several of the video’s properties settings.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Modify-be7944bf</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Resample and Reset Resolution Using PPT.ResampleMedia</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to resample and reset the resolution of a video in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Resample-fc55db5e</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Set Background Fill in Tables Using PPT.TableBackground</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to set the background fill properties for each cell of a table in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Set-deee29bc</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Set Banding and Scaling of Tables Using PPT.TableProperties</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use various settings to include banding and scaling of a table in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Set-9f088670</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Use Custom XML Data Using PPT.CustomerDataDemo</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use custom XML data in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Use-Custom-794ffe88</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: View Properties of ShadowFormat Class Using PPT.Shadow
</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to investigate the Size property, the Blur property, and the RotateWithShape property of the ShadowFormat class in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-View-113a1fab</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Work with FillFormat Texture Settings Using PPT.ShapeTexture</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to work with the FillFormat class’ texture settings in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation containing a table.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Work-with-0fc1d3ca</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Work with Methods of Player Class Using PPT.WorkWithMediaPlayer</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use various methods of the Player class in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation which contains a video.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Work-with-07d95926</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: PowerPoint 2010: Work with Shape Glow and Reflection Properties</title>
      <description>This sample demonstrates the Glow property, and Reflection property of the GlowFormat class and ReflectionFormat class in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PowerPoint-2010-Work-with-9fa13af9</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Visio 2010: Add Containers and Connect Shapes in Visio 2010 Documents</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to add a container and three shapes to a Visio 2010 document, and then connect the shapes to the container.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Visio-2010-Add-Containers-e8f8daf2</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Visio 2010: Add Containers to Visio Documents Using Visio.ContainerProperties</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the ContainerProperties object by adding a container to a Visio 2010 document and then retrieving and setting some of its properties.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Visio-2010-Add-Containers-863067bc</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Visio 2010: Bind Two Shapes Together Using Visio.Page.DropCallout</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the DropCallout method in a Visio 2010 document to bind two shapes together so that moving one shape moves the other.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Visio-2010-Bind-Two-Shapes-ce7e9834</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Visio 2010: Manipulate Connected Shapes Using Visio.Page.DropConnected</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the DropConnected method to manipulate connected shapes within a Visio 2010 document.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Visio-2010-Manipulate-d5742b19</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Visio 2010: Manipulate Raster Export Resolution Settings</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the SetRasterExportSize method and the GetRasterExportSize method to manipulate the Raster Export Resolution settings in Visio 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Visio-2010-Manipulate-aa30a2c5</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Visio 2010: Manipulate Shape Properties Using Visio.DropContainer</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to manipulate the properties of shapes in a Visio 2010 document by using the new Containers feature.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Visio-2010-Manipulate-5cfea18d</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Visio 2010: Read and Write Raster Export Resolution Settings</title>
      <description>This sample demonstrates methods to read and write Raster Export Resolution settings used by Visio 2010 when exporting documents to non-Visio raster file formats.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Visio-2010-Read-and-Write-3853b929</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Add Application-Level Events Using Word.New Application Events</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to add a series of new Application-level events in Word 2010 in order to react to events surrounding the use of protected-view windows.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Add-Application-1e4f00e0</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Add Glow and Reflection Effects to Text</title>
      <description>This sample demonstrates the Glow property, the StylisticSet property, and the Reflection property in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Add-Glow-and-ab43a301</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Add Picture Shapes and Format Cropping Using Word.PictureFormat.Crop</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to place a new picture shape and then modify both the picture and the cropping of that picture in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Add-Picture-ddb5c728</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Apply a Quick Style Set Using Word.QuickStyleSets</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to apply a quick style set in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Apply-a-Quick-0ab4cce5</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Apply Themes and Styles Using Word.DocumentApplyThemeQuickStyle</title>
      <description>This sample demonstrates the ApplyDocumentTheme method and ApplyQuickStyleSet method in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Apply-Themes-and-1021bcf8</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Check-In Word 2010 Documents with Versioning on SharePoint Servers</title>
      <description>This sample demonstrates Word 2010 document check-in with versioning on a server running SharePoint Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Check-In-Word-6939fc89</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Clear Formatting Using Word.SelectionClearFormatting</title>
      <description>This sample demonstrates the ClearCharacter and ClearParagraph methods of the Selection object in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Clear-Formatting-d1b924ab</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Compare Features of Two Documents Using Word.DemoCompareDocuments</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to compare various features of two Word 2010 documents programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Compare-Features-0dd6490a</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Create a New Quick Style Set Using Word.SaveAsQuickStyleSet</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the SaveAsQuickStyleSet method in Word 2010 to create a quick style set with various properties.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Create-a-New-3957bbe9</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Export and Import Text Fragments Using Word.RangeImportExportFragment</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to export and import the text of a given range in a Word 2010 document as fragments for use in other document.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Export-and-e7660288</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Ignore Punctuation, Match Prefixes and Suffixes, Clear Highlighting</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to export and import the text of a given range in a Word 2010 document as fragments for use in other document.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Export-and-e7660288</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: List Combo Box Content Information Using Word.ContentControlLists</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to list information programmatically about each entry of a combo box content control containing a set of colors by using the ContentControlListEntries method in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-List-Combo-Box-b70b70eb</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Make and Save Edits Concurrently Using Word.Coauthoring</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to make and save edits concurrently in a Microsoft Word 2010 document hosted on a SharePoint 2010 server.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Make-and-Save-f60a9558</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Manipulate Check Box Controls Using Word.CheckBoxContentControl</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to manipulate a check box content control and how to set the new Checked property in Microsoft Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Manipulate-Check-20a5ae43</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Rotate and Warp Text Using Word.WorkWithTextFrame</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use new properties of the TextFrame object in Microsoft Word 2010 such as text rotation and warping.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Rotate-and-Warp-e67fce4b</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Work with Auto-Hyphenation Using Word.ConvertAutoHyphens</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use auto-hyphenation in Microsoft Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Work-with-Auto-5a67b30d</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Work with Nested Undo Records Using Word.NestedCustomUndoRecords</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use nested Undo records in Microsoft Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Work-with-Nested-19fdccdf</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Work with Properties of Range Object Using Word.CharParagraphStyle</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the CharacterStyle and ParagraphStyle properties of the Range object in Microsoft Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Work-with-56e35e6f</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Work with the Undo Stack Using Word.CustomUndoRecord</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the Undo stack in Microsoft Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Work-with-the-3449abbc</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Word 2010: Work with Themes, Track Formatting, Track Revisions, and Track Moves</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use various Document class properties in Microsoft Word 2010 such as themes, track formatting, track revisions, and track moves.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Word-2010-Work-with-Themes-c5685e8f</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Excel 2010: Create and Manipulate Custom Views Using Excel.CustomView Method</title>
      <description>This sample shows how to use the CustomView class and WorksheetView class to create and manipulate custom views in an Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Create-and-2f869b78</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Save Analytic Report Sample for PerformancePoint Services</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically save a copy of a navigated analytic report in PerformancePoint Services for SharePoint Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/PerformancePoint-2010-Save-321cb46f</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>PerformancePoint Services</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Network Monitor with the Microsoft Office and SharePoint Products Parsers</title>
      <description>Learn how to use Network Monitor to view or capture network traffic in real time and analyze it against filters and parsers that you have installed or created.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh372964.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Synthesis in UCMA 3.0: Code Listing and Conclusion (Part 4 of 4)</title>
      <description>Part 4 contains a listing of the code described in this set of articles, and a conclusion.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh338697.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Synthesis in UCMA 3.0: Introduction (Part 1 of 4)</title>
      <description>Combine the capabilities of Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 Core SDK with Speech Platform SDK to make synthesized speech in your application more natural sounding.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh338697.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Synthesis in UCMA 3.0: UCMA Application (Part 2 of 4)</title>
      <description>Part 2 discusses the steps that are required in the Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 application for supported synthesized speech.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh338698.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Synthesis in UCMA 3.0: Working with SSML (Part 3 of 4)</title>
      <description>Part 3 discusses how to add SSML markup to normalize text in many ways, add emphasis, play an external audio file, load an external SSML file, or fine-tune pronunciations using Universal Phone Set (UPS) phonemes.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh338699.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Using Speech Synthesis in UCMA 3.0</title>
      <description>Download code that accompanies a four-part series of articles on how to use speech synthesis in a Microsoft Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 application.</description>
      <link>http://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/Lync-2010-Using-Speech-a0ef1f88</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Displaying Custom HTML Messages in Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to display custom HTML content in a Visio Web Access Web Part on a SharePoint Server 2010 Web Parts page by using ECMAScript (JavaScript, JScript) code.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh335754.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Retrieving a List of Hidden Worksheets from Excel 2010 Workbooks by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore the code used to retrieve a list of hidden worksheets in an Excel 2007 or Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Retrieve-a-List-of-Hidden-341f355c</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Retrieving a List of Hidden Worksheets from Excel 2010 Workbooks by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to retrieve a list of hidden worksheets in an Excel 2007 or Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=odc&amp;VideoID=284f984b-7682-4df7-bbf5-d18f425b05b7</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Displaying Custom HTML Messages in Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to display custom HTML content in a Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 Web Part by using ECMAScript (JavaScript, JScript) code. </description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=sdc&amp;VideoID=33787c67-c8c2-4ac9-947c-51835976c016</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving a List of Hidden Worksheets from Excel 2010 Workbooks by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Use the strongly-typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 for Microsoft Office to retrieve a list of hidden worksheets in an Excel 2010 workbook, without loading the document into Excel.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh370976.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SharePoint Developer Documentation Feed Reader App for the Windows Phone (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Check out this free app that delivers the contents of the SharePoint Developer Center RSS Feed to your phone and enables you to share and save.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/sharepointdev/archive/2011/07/19/sharepoint-developer-documentation-feed-reader-app-for-the-windows-phone-jim-crowley.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Running Sample Outlook Add-ins (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Learn how to run the "Creating a Simple Time-Reporting Tool based on the Outlook 2010 Calendar" add-in after downloading the source code.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/07/20/starting-the-time-reporting-outlook-add-in.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Setting the Login Token Expiration Correctly for SharePoint 2010 SAML Claims Users</title>
      <description>Learn how to set the logon token expiration correctly for SharePoint 2010 SAML claims users.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh147183.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving the Number of Slides from PowerPoint 2010 Presentations by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Use the strongly-typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 for Microsoft Office to retrieve slides in a PowerPoint presentation without loading the presentation into PowerPoint.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh351495.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Client Access Server Affinity and Network Load Balancing Considerations for Programmatic Access to Exchange Online (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Network load balancing for Exchange Online as part of Office 365 ensures that tenant client access loads are properly balanced. Both Exchange Web Services and MAPI clients include ways to maintain Client Access server affinity.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/exchangedev/archive/2011/07/20/client-access-server-affinity-and-network-load-balancing-considerations-for-programmatic-access-to-exchange-online.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Retrieving the Number of Slides from PowerPoint 2010 Presentations by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore the code you need to use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to retrieve slides in a PowerPoint presentation without loading the presentation into PowerPoint.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Retrieving-the-Number-of-155103f7</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Retrieving the Number of Slides from PowerPoint 2010 Presentations by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to retrieve slides in a PowerPoint presentation without loading the presentation into PowerPoint.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=odc&amp;VideoID=e53fbd55-03df-4a00-994b-db7e6657d498</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adding Overlays to Drawings in Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Use ECMAScript (JavaScript, JScript) code to add overlays to shapes in a Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 Web Part.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh326169.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Adding Overlays to Drawings in Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to use ECMAScript (JavaScript, JScript) code to add overlays to shapes in a Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 Web Part.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=sdc&amp;VideoID=703fa2b6-4b00-4876-8a07-ab221ee15471</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Attaching a File or an Outlook Item to an Outlook Message (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>One of the most popular customer actions in Outlook is to attach a file to an Outlook mail item. Learn how to do it programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/07/15/attaching-a-file-or-an-outlook-item-to-an-outlook-message.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open Specifications Interactive Pivot - NEW!</title>
      <description>Explore a pivot that uses Silverlight Deep Zoom technology to enable users to quickly find the protocol specifications they need by filtering and searching on these specifications.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/pivot/</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Interoperability</category>
      <category>Office 2003</category>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Business Connectivity Services and Visual Studio Add-ins to Create PowerPoint Charts</title>
      <description>Explore a scenario in which a sales manager must create a monthly PowerPoint 2010 presentation to report sales figures by territory. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg720205.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating a Custom Web Part Editor in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn about the SharePoint 2010 Web Part framework and how to create a custom Web Part editor in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh228018.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to: Attach a File to an Outlook Email Message</title>
      <description>Ken Getz shows how to programmatically attach one or more files to an outgoing email message in Microsoft Outlook. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh290846.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to: Attach an Outlook Contact Item to an Email Message</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically attach a copy of an Outlook item, such as a contact, calendar item, or another email message, to an email message before sending the message.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh290848.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to: Limit the Size of an Attachment to an Outlook Email Message</title>
      <description>MVP Ken Gets shows how you can create a managed add-in for Outlook 2010 that cancels sending email if the total attachment size is greater than a fixed limit.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh290847.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to: Modify an Attachment of an Outlook Email Message</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically modify an Outlook email attachment without changing the original file.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh290849.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Use the Microsoft Office Binary File Format Validator</title>
      <description>This article presents two examples that show how to use the Office Binary File Format Validator Beta to find non-compliance issues with .doc, .xls, and .ppt binary format files.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg675188.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Microsoft Office Binary File Format Validator Reference (Beta)</title>
      <description>Let the conceptual, reference, and code sample topics in this reference guide you in using the Office Binary File Format Validator Beta tool in Word, Excel, and PowerPoint.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg649868.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Reference</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Microsoft Office Binary File Format Validator Tool (Beta)</title>
      <description>Download a command-line tool that validates .doc, .xls, and .ppt binary file format conformance to the binary file format open specifications. </description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=26794</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Tool/Utility</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Responding to User Mouse Clicks in Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to add event handlers to mouse-click events in a Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 Web Part by using ECMAScript (JavaScript, JScript) code.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh315810.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>How-to</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Responding to User Mouse Clicks in Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to add event handlers to mouse-click events in a Visio Services in SharePoint Server 2010 Web Part by using ECMAScript (JavaScript, JScript) code. </description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=sdc&amp;VideoID=f78af2cd-29c2-4989-a3a4-6634c3ee40e5</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deploying Lync 2010 Contact Center Application</title>
      <description>Learn how to deploy the Lync 2010 Contact Center sample application, which demonstrates advanced conferencing scenarios.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh285604.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Multiple DataContext Objects for the Same SharePoint Website (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Blogger Ricky Kirkham shows how you can have two distinct DataContext objects that represent the very same website.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/sharepointdev/archive/2011/07/07/multiple-datacontext-objects-for-the-same-sharepoint-website.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Autodiscover for Exchange ActiveSync Developers (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Get an overview of the Autodiscover process from the perspective of an Exchange ActiveSync client developer.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/exchangedev/archive/2011/07/08/autodiscover-for-exchange-activesync-developers.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update of Project 2010 SDK–Online and Download (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Senior Programmer writer Jim Corbin lists what's new in the July 2011 SDK update.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/06/30/update-of-project-2010-sdk-online-and-download.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office Development Site Map - NEW!</title>
      <description>Are you lost in a sea of content? Check out our new site map with links to developer content for Microsoft Office products, servers, services, and technologies, including SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/default.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2003</category>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Visual How-to Video Center | Office Development - NEW!</title>
      <description>Watch 63 short how-to videos about customizing and extending Access, Excel, Outlook, PowerPoint, Visio, Word, Open XML, SharePoint, and more.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/bb266408.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Welcome Back, VSTO - NEW!</title>
      <description>Check out the new Excel, Outlook, and Word solutions with Visual Studio sites on Office for some great VSTO developer content.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/hh133430.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
      <category>VSTO</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SharePoint 2010 Development Video Center - NEW!</title>
      <description>Have just a few minutes to learn something new? Watch these short videos about creating custom solutions with SharePoint Online, SharePoint Server, and SharePoint Foundation.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/hh298298.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Online</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Composites Resource Center | SharePoint 2010 - NEW!</title>
      <description>Find resources for power users and developers for composite application creation on SharePoint Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/hh295802.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Download the Project 2010 SDK (July 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Get documentation, code samples, how-to articles, and programming references to help customize and integrate the Project 2010 clients and Project Server 2010 with other applications for enterprise project management.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?displaylang=en&amp;id=15511</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Project 2010 SDK (July 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Get the SDK update for the Service Pack 1 (SP1) release of Project 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms512767.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Search Alerts in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn how to use search notification services, known as search alerts, in SharePoint Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh161512.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SharePoint Workspace 2010 SDK Reference (July 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Get the latest documentation and guidance for SharePoint Workspace 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh300578.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Groove</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>SharePoint Workspace</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SharePoint SDK 2010 (SP1 July 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Check out the new APIs in SharePoint 2010 Service Pack 1.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee557253.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exploring the Microsoft Exchange Server Open Specifications</title>
      <description>Get detailed technical information about the Microsoft protocols (including extensions to industry-standard protocols), structures, and algorithms that Exchange Server uses to communicate with other Microsoft products.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh285607(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Interoperability</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exchange Server Interoperability Guidance</title>
      <description>Get detailed technical information about the Microsoft protocols, structures, and algorithms that Exchange uses to communicate with other Microsoft products.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh285606(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Excel Services JavaScript Object Model (JSOM) Documentation Updated on MSDN (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Now, the topics for each object and function in the JSOM have full documentation, including Parameter info, Return Types, and  Remarks. We even tossed in code samples for good measure!</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/06/29/excel-services-javascript-object-model-jsom-documentation-updated-on-msdn.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Importing and Exporting Text Fragments in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to export and import text fragments in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh314612.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Working with Content Controls in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to create and populate a content control in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh314613.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Opening a SharePoint 2010 Modal Dialog Box from an InfoPath Form</title>
      <description>Learn how to create, deploy, and test a SharePoint 2010 application that opens a SharePoint modal dialog box from an InfoPath 2010 form.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh278954.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Text Formatting and Styles in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Programmatically use the Selection.ClearCharacter and Selection.ClearParagraph methods to change the formatting and style of a text string.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh314611.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Download the SharePoint Workspace 2010 SDK (June 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>The SharePoint Workspace 2010 SDK enables you to develop add-in tools for Groove workspaces. You can define a schema for the tool data and provide a .NET managed program with a user interface.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=26642</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>Groove</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>SharePoint Workspace</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Streaming Notifications with Exchange 2010</title>
      <description>Streaming notifications, which combine the functionalities of push and pull notifications, are new in Exchange Server 2010 SP1. This article explains how streaming notifications work and when to use them.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh312849(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Applying Character and Paragraph Formats in Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to format characters and paragraphs in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh314617.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Applying Texture Settings to Shapes in Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the FillFormat class texture settings in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh314616.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Glow and Reflection Properties in Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the glow and reflection properties in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh314614.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Timesheet Solutions for Webcast: Understanding the PSI in Project Server 2010 (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>The "MSDN Webcast: Understanding Project Server Interface (PSI) in Project Server 2010 (Level 300)" presentation is available for download, when you register for the event. </description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/06/27/timesheet-solutions-for-webcast-understanding-the-psi-in-project-server-2010.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Importing Charts, Customizing the Ribbon, Starting Excel from Outlook (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Explore useful techniques that you can easily apply in other common scenarios, such as customizing the ribbon, starting one Office application from another, and extending the status report automation scenario.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/06/24/importing-charts-customizing-the-ribbon-starting-excel-from-outlook.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Open Specifications Interactive Pivot</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that provides help for using the Open Specifications Pivot table.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?uuid=5edde860-185a-4f7c-bf7b-1e6c9db12aba&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Interoperability</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Conversations in Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Learn how you can use the EWS Managed API to perform a variety of conversation-related tasks in Outlook mailboxes programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273475(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Extensible Storage Engine SDK (Exchange Server 2010)</title>
      <description>ESE provides a user-mode storage engine that manages data inside of flat, binary files that are accessible through the Windows APIs. ESE is accessed through a DLL that is loaded directly into the application's process; no remote access methods are required of or provided by the database engine itself.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg269259(EXCHG.10).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open XML SDK 2.0 for Microsoft Office (June 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>This SDK encapsulates many common tasks that developers perform on Open XML packages so that you can perform complex operations with just a few lines of code.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb448854.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Sparkline Properties in Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically add a sparkline to a workbook and then set various properties in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273484.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hosting Multi-Language IM Conversations in Lync 2010: Overview (Part 1 of 3)</title>
      <description>Learn how to build a Microsoft Lync 2010 Conversation Window Extension application that translates IM text from one language to a second language. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273001.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hosting Multi-Language IM Conversations in Lync 2010: Project Details (Part 2 of 3)</title>
      <description>Part 2 discusses the logic that is used by the Microsoft Lync 2010 ConversationTranslator application and describes how to obtain translation languages, send messages, and translate received messages.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273003.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hosting Multi-Language IM Conversations in Lync 2010: Code Listing (Part 3 of 3)</title>
      <description>Part 3 lists the C# code that implements the logic that is discussed in Part 2.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273002.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Tables in Office 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically work with tables to extend your own applications in this series of tasks for Word and PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273479.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Working with Table Styles in PowerPoint 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the visual properties of a table in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273476.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sorting and Filtering a Table with the ListObject Object in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the ListObject object to change the sort and filter a table in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273486.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Table Styles with the ListObject Object in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the ListObject object to see the large number of styles available for a table in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273483.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Table Background Formatting in PowerPoint 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with table background colors and textures in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273485.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Table List Object Properties in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the ListObject object to change the styles of a table in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273481.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Table Presentation Properties in PowerPoint 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the visual properties of a table in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273477.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with the ListColumn Properties of the List Object in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the ListColumn object to add totals and formatting to a table in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273487.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Custom XML Parts in Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with custom XML parts and data in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273480.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Properties of the ShadowFormat Class in Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with the properties of the ShadowFormat class in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh273478.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Statusing for Manually Scheduled Tasks in Project 2010 SP1 (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Service Pack 1 (SP1) for Project Server 2010 enables you to use the UpdateStatus method to edit timephased data for manually scheduled tasks.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/06/20/statusing-for-manually-scheduled-tasks-in-project-2010-sp1.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>White Paper: Guidance for Office Development in Office 365</title>
      <description>Learn the primary differences between developing Office client solutions for SharePoint Online in Office 365 and for the on-premises version of SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?&amp;id=26502</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>SharePoint Online</category>
      <category>White Paper</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using VoiceXML in a UCMA 3.0 Application: Scenario Overview (Part 1 of 4)</title>
      <description>Learn how you can use the speech recognition and speech synthesis features of VoiceXML in a Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 application. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh243693.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using VoiceXML in a UCMA 3.0 Application: VoiceXML Document (Part 2 of 4)</title>
      <description>This article describes the VoiceXML document that is interpreted by the Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 application.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh228151.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using VoiceXML in a UCMA 3.0 Application: UCMA Application (Part 3 of 4)</title>
      <description>This article describes the Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 application that interprets the VoiceXML document.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh228145.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using VoiceXML in a UCMA 3.0 Application: Code Listing and Conclusion (Part 4 of 4)</title>
      <description>This article lists the code that is described in the other articles in this series.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh243701.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Inbox Rules in Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Learn how to use Inbox rules to set up automatic email actions in Microsoft Exchange Online and Microsoft Exchange Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh298418(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Styles in Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn programming tips that you can apply to your own PowerPoint 2010 applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh297631.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using the ApplyTheme and BackgroundStyle Properties in PowerPoint 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with background styles and themes in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh297633.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Page Headers in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically work with page headers and footers in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh297626.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Window Properties in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to change the window properties in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh297627.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handy Programming Tips for Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Learn programming tips that you can apply to your own PowerPoint 2010 applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh297629.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Publishing Slides in PowerPoint 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to publish some or all of the slides in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh297628.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Accessing the Nickname Cache in Outlook 2010 (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Wonder when you type a recipient name in Outlook, how that list of suggested recipient names is implemented? Angela shares what she learned from a recent chat with MAPI expert Stephen Griffin.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/06/13/programmatically-accessing-the-nickname-cache-in-outlook-2010.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Using VoiceXML in a UCMA 3.0 Application</title>
      <description>Download code that shows how to use the speech recognition and speech synthesis features of VoiceXML in a UCMA 3.0 application.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Using-VoiceXML-in-a-UCMA-560116d2</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Automating Chart Importation from Excel to an Email Message in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Download a C# Outlook 2010 add-in that provides a custom user interface in Outlook for you to select and copy a chart from an Excel workbook to an email message in compose mode.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Outlook-2010-Automating-0e6e38fc</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding Graphics in a Binary PowerPoint MS-PPT File</title>
      <description>Learn how to locate bitmaps, drawings, WordArt, and other static graphics in a binary PowerPoint (.ppt) file. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh244173.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding the Next Anniversary of a Given Date in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn the steps of using VBA to find the next anniversary of a specified date.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh243932.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Finding the Next Anniversary of a Given Date in Access 2010</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how VBA makes it easy to find the next anniversary of any date.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=952fe730-437c-49c0-97c0-0893616879ab&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Finding the Next Anniversary of a Given Date in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Use the sample code provided with this article in your own applications by either adding a module to your database, or by finding an existing module into which to place the code.</description>
      <link>http://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/Access-2010-Code-Example-3df4b0bf</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Performing Tokenized Replacements in a String in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn the steps of using VBA to perform tokenized replacements in a string. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh243931.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Performing Tokenized Replacements in a String in Access 2010</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how VBA makesit easy to perform a tokenized replacement in a string.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=bd1e5234-e0c0-460d-a11d-ee47b4ddc108&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Performing Tokenized Replacements in a String in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Download a sample module that includes a single function, TokenReplace, which accepts two parameters.</description>
      <link>http://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/Access-2010-Code-Example-7b462b61</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating PivotTable Reports and Charts with VBA in Excel 2010</title>
      <description>Use Visual Basic for Applications in Excel 2010 to create and manipulate PivotTable reports and charts more efficiently.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh243933.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Creating PivotTable Reports and Charts with VBA in Excel 2010</title>
      <description>Explore VBA code that creates PivotTable reports and charts repeatedly and efficiently.</description>
      <link>http://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Code-Example-c1be6ed3</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Running VBA Code When Events Occur in Excel 2010</title>
      <description>Eliminate the need for users to trigger code by clicking shortcuts. Use Visual Basic for Applications to tie your code to events such as changing the selection.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh211482.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Running VBA Code When Events Occur in Excel 2010</title>
      <description>Explore how to run VBA code in Excel 2010 when events occur in a workbook.</description>
      <link>http://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Code-Example-ad66f451</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Worksheet Functions from VBA Code in Excel 2010 </title>
      <description>Learn to use the power of the built-in functions in Excel 2010 from your code. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh211481.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Using Worksheet Functions from VBA Code in Excel 2010</title>
      <description>Download a sample workbook that shows how to use the methods of the WorksheetFunction object in VBA.</description>
      <link>http://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/Excel-2010-Code-Example-41cf44d1</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automating Chart Importation from Excel to an Email Message in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use an Outlook add-in to access the Excel and Word object models, to automate opening an Excel workbook, copying a chart from the workbook, and pasting the chart into an Outlook email message.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh227293.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Automating Chart Importation from Excel to an Email Message in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to automate copying a chart from Excel 2010 into an email message in Outlook 2010. </description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=08e32c5f-075f-46d4-8897-f8653cb377f1&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Color Formatting for Range Averages in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Create a range of values in this task, and then color those values above and below an average.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh203941.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adding Color Scale to a Range of Values in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Create a range of numbers in this task, and then add a color scale gradient that changes color as the values increase. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh203953.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Displaying Icon Sets in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Icon sets enable you to create visual effects that indicate how the value of a given cell compares with other cells. Programmatically create a gallery of icon sets in this task.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh203942.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Highlighting Duplicate and Unique Values in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Create a range of random numbers programmatically in this task, and then use color to highlight the duplicate and unique values. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh203954.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Colors to Highlight Percentages in a Range in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Create a range of random numbers programmatically in this task, and then use colors to highlight the top and bottom 10 percent of values in that range.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh203945.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using the Gradient Fill Features of the FillFormat Object in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Create two shapes programmatically in this task, and then add the gradient characteristics of the FillFormat object to those shapes.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh203940.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effectively Using Colors in Excel 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use color and visual effects programmatically in Excel 2010 in these short Quick Note tasks. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh203944.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hiding Default Authentication Providers and Bypassing the Multi-Authentication Provider Selection Page in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn how to hide the default authentication provider and bypass the multi-authentication provider selection page in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh237665.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inserting a Legend in Data-Connected Diagrams Programmatically in Visio 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use managed code to insert a legend into a data-connected diagram programmatically in Visio 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh220554.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Inserting a Legend in Data-Connected Diagrams Programmatically in Visio 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video on using managed code to add a legend to a data-connected diagram in Visio 2010.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=1541d0e3-2d56-4c0b-8e22-1c822e8b65dc&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deciding Which SharePoint 2010 API to Use (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>SharePoint 2010 provides three sets of APIs for developing extensions and custom solutions by using SharePoint capabilities. Learn which one is the best for your customization.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/sharepointdev/archive/2011/05/24/deciding-which-sharepoint-2010-api-to-use-jim-crowley.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Effective Workflows Using SharePoint Server 2010</title>
      <description>Learn about tools and approaches for creating SharePoint 2010 workflow solutions, and find out which tools and approaches are best for different scenarios.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh237664.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 BackToBackCall: Scenario Overview, Part 1</title>
      <description>Learn how to use this class to create an application that presents a single Helpdesk entry point to your customers, which provides anonymity to the Helpdesk agents.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh219349.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 BackToBackCall: Application Details, Part 2</title>
      <description>Part 2 discusses the tasks that are specific to an application that uses the BackToBackCall class.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh219347.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 BackToBackCall: Code Listing, Part 3</title>
      <description>Part 3 contains code listings for the application discussed in this series of articles. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh219348.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 BackToBackCall: Tips and Conclusion, Part 4</title>
      <description>Part 4 provides some tips that might be useful to you in using this class.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh219350.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Using UCMA 3.0 BackToBackCall Class </title>
      <description>Explore code from the article series on using the BackToBackCall class to create an application that presents a single Helpdesk entry point to your customers.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Lync-2010-Using-UCMA-30-b1c3d14c</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Styles in Microsoft Word 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Explore quick note tasks in a single scenario as you learn to work programmatically with styles in Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh135110.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving a Quick Style Set in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Programmatically apply various styles to the text in a document and then save the document as a Quick Style set template. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh135107.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Character and Paragraph Styles in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically change the character and paragraph styles in a Word 2010 document.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh135112.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handy Programming Tips for Microsoft Excel 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Learn programming tips that you can apply to your own Microsoft Excel 2010 applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128797.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Clearing Hyperlinks in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Add programming code that adds hyperlinks to the worksheet, clears the hyperlinks (but leaves the text and formatting intact), and then clears the formatting.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128801.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exporting a Range of Data in Excel 2010 to a PDF or XPS File Format (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to export a range of data that is in an Excel 2010 workbook to a PDF or an XPS file format.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128799.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Removing Document Properties in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to remove sensitive information from a Microsoft Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128805.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Removing Duplicate Values in a Range in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to remove duplicate values in a range of Microsoft Excel 2010 data.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128798.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sorting Data Fields in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to sort multiple fields in a Microsoft Excel 2010 table of data.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128804.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using the Date Functions of the WorksheetFunction Object in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn to programmatically manipulate various date functions of the WorksheetFunction object.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128803.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with PageSetup Object Features in Excel 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to add various headers and footers to anExcel 2010 workbook by using the PageSetup object.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128800.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Security Tips 1: Claims and Security Related Tips in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn five tips that are related to claims-based authentication and Secure Store Service in Microsoft SharePoint 2010, including configuring Secure Store Service, using certificates, and downloading IRM documents.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh147184.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Creating Parallel Tasks from a SharePoint 2010 Workflow (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn how to create parallel SharePoint 2010 tasks in a Visual Studio 2010 workflow.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/sharepoint.html?cid=sharepoint-video&amp;VideoID=5c78e264-58cb-41d7-a34c-c1f08f00c3fa&amp;from=mscomsharepoint</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Creating Multiple Tasks from a SharePoint 2010 Workflow (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to create multiple SharePoint 2010 tasks in a Visual Studio 2010 workflow project.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/sharepoint.html?cid=sharepoint-video&amp;VideoID=ba6e1c63-2ec5-4ad8-95f7-942de5982fa1&amp;from=mscomsharepoint</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Parallel Tasks from a SharePoint 2010 Workflow (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>You can create parallel SharePoint tasks from a Visual Studio workflow project. Scot Hillier shows you how.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128697.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Multiple Tasks from a SharePoint 2010 Workflow (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>A single workflow can easily track multiple SharePoint tasks, but first you must learn how to encapsulate a single task.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128696.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accessing SharePoint 2010 Lists by Using WCF Data Services (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how a desktop application can reach across the network to query and update items in a SharePoint list by using the WCF entry point.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh134614.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Accessing SharePoint 2010 Lists by Using WCF Data Services (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how a desktop application can reach across the network to query and update items in a SharePoint list by using the WCF entry point.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/sharepoint.html?cid=sharepoint-video&amp;VideoID=3425c9b1-1d21-425a-9de4-ff66dcb5c6a4&amp;from=mscomsharepoint</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accessing SharePoint 2010 List Data by Using LINQ to SharePoint (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use LINQ to SharePoint to add and read items from a SharePoint 2010 list.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh135094.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Accessing SharePoint 2010 List Data by Using LINQ to SharePoint (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to use LINQ to SharePoint to add and read items from a SharePoint 2010 list.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/sharepoint.html?cid=sharepoint-video&amp;VideoID=9e8f58c9-f14e-44a0-b951-ffc71e1d4b20&amp;from=mscomsharepoint</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding the First and Last Day in a Given Week, Month, or Year in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn the steps of using VBA to create functions that return the first and last day in a given week, month, or year.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh134613.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Finding the First and Last Day in a Given Week, Month, or Year in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore code that uses VBA to create functions that return the first and last day in a given week, month, or year.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=28701ad8-e664-4743-ac77-48c5f31c880e</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Claims Tips 4: Learning About Claims-Based Authentication in SharePoint 2010 </title>
      <description>Find tips for and answers to frequently asked questions that are related to claims-based authentication in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg650432.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving Lync-Archived Conversation History with Exchange Web Services</title>
      <description>Learn how to use Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) to retrieve and query Lync-archived instant messaging conversation history. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh134840.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working With Lync 2010 Contextual Data Methods and Events</title>
      <description>Learn how to use Microsoft Lync 2010 to send and read contextual data.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh135141.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using the ExportItems and UploadItems Operations with Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Learn to import, copy, and export the full range of Exchange Online items from one server to another without sacrificing any object property data.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh135142(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Developer Roadmaps for Outlook, Visio, and Excel (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Are you interested in learning to develop solutions for Outlook? The Outlook Developer Roadmap puts the the building blocks in clearer perspective.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/05/18/new-developer-roadmaps-for-outlook-visio-and-excel.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office Client Content Published in April 2011: Excel, Open XML, Outlook, and Visio (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Get a quick summary of content published on MSDN for Office client applications in April 2011.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/05/18/office-client-content-published-in-april-2011-excel-open-xml-outlook-and-visio.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Excel Macro Training Videos for Beginners (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Check out this new series of videos that show how to create, edit, and run macros in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/05/12/new-excel-macro-training-videos-for-beginners.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Adding Lync 2010 SDK Runtime to an Application Installation Program</title>
      <description>Explore the code from the MSDN article that shows how to create an executable program that installs the MSDNArticleIM sample application. </description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Adding-Lync-2010-SDK-4d0b92f5</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adding Auto Hyphenation in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to add auto-hyphenation to a Microsoft Word 2010 document.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128811.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Custom Undo Records in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to increase the effectiveness of your Undo actions in Microsoft Word 2010 documents.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128816.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Content Controls in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Programmatically create two simple content controls and set various properties in Microsoft Word 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128818.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Document Protected View Events in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how Protected View responds to various events in Microsoft Word 2010, and watch those responses as you interact with an open document.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128817.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Remote Authentication in SharePoint Online Using Claims-Based Authentication</title>
      <description>Learn how to authenticate against SharePoint Online in client applications using the SharePoint client-side object models. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh147177.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Online</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adding Lync 2010 SDK Runtime to an Application Installation Program</title>
      <description>Learn how to create an executable program that installs the MSDNArticleIM sample application. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh145598.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using New Document Class Properties in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Programmatically work with some of the new properties of the Document class.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128821.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
      <category>Article</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using the CompareDocuments Method in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Programmatically change two documents, and then create a third document that shows the differences between the two compared documents.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128820.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using the Find Object in Word 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Programmatically use various properties and methods of the Find object to search for specific text in a document and then perform actions on that text.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128812.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automating Highlighting of Search Results in an Outlook Message (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Learn how to improve your experience searching for email content. </description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/04/20/automating-highlighting-of-search-results-in-an-outlook-message.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>New Content on Excel Services and Word Automation Services Development for SharePoint Server 2010 (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Check out the new visual how-to videos and articles that showcase how to create interactive solutions around Excel Services in SharePoint 2010, as well as book excerpts for Excel Services and Word Automation Services.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/05/05/new-content-on-excel-services-and-word-automation-services-development-for-sharepoint-server-2010.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
      <category>Word Automation Services</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handy Programming Tips for Microsoft Word 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Check out this series of quick notes on programming tips that you can apply to your own Word 2010 applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh128814.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SharePoint Online for Office 365 Developer Guide</title>
      <description>Learn about some of the rich features in SharePoint Online that are available to developers and designers.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh147180.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Reference</category>
      <category>SharePoint Online</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Time-Reporting Tool now Available as an Outlook Add-in (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Try this tool to help track and report your time on the Outlook calendar.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/05/03/time-reporting-tool-now-available-as-an-outlook-add-in.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: How to Find the First and Last Day in a Given Week, Month, or Year in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the built-in date functions in Access 2010 to perform common tasks. </description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=odc&amp;VideoID=0bb3b528-b18b-487e-9571-c7f169688bca </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Searching Mailbox Folders in Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Explore the various Exchange Web Services (EWS) search methods that you can use to create custom applications that search for items in mailboxes or public folders.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh148195(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using the Calculation Power of Excel Using Excel Services in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use Excel Web Services to harness the calculation power of Microsoft Excel programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh124645.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using LINQ-to-SharePoint with Choice Fields (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Ricky Kirham describes a problem (and a solution) when using the LINQ to SharePoint provider to perform your SharePoint data queries in server-side code.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/sharepointdev/archive/2011/05/03/using-linq-to-sharepoint-with-choice-fields.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Bulk Document Generation and Printing Using SharePoint and Open XML </title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to use the Open XML SDK 2.0, SharePoint 2010, Word Automation Services, and .NET Framework code to process documents in bulk. </description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=sdc&amp;VideoID=163f1fc0-77b1-47e1-a005-3c10014ce3df</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Word Automation Services</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 11: Business Connectivity Services (Professional SharePoint 2010 Development)</title>
      <description>Read an overview of BCS and learn how to create simple no-code BCS solutions, administrate BCS, enhance BCS solutions by using SharePoint 2010 components, and create advanced BCS solutions in Visual Studio 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh144965.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 6: Search (Professional SharePoint 2010 Development)</title>
      <description>Read an overview of the new Enterprise Search product line, tour the new architecture, and learn patterns that are common to developing extensions and applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh144966.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Processing Documents in Bulk Using SharePoint 2010 and Open XML 2.0</title>
      <description>Explore code that uses the Open XML SDK 2.0, SharePoint 2010, Word Automation Services, and .NET Framework code to process documents in bulk. </description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/SharePoint-2010-Processing-e034e9e6</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Word</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word Automation Services</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Comparing Unified Communications APIs</title>
      <description>Learn about the 2007 and 2010 APIs that can be used in Microsoft Unified Communications development, and the upgrade roadmap from 2007 to 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg983427.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Processing Documents in Bulk Using SharePoint 2010 and Open XML 2.0</title>
      <description>Learn to use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to generate specific documents, SharePoint 2010 to store those documents, Word Automation Services to convert them to XPS files to print, and .NET Framework code to send them to the printer. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh125914.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
      <category>Word Automation Services</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Routing a Record to a SharePoint 2010 Document Library Subfolder</title>
      <description>Learn about routing a record to a SharePoint Server 2010 document library folder by using the content organizer feature and document routing rules.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg650433.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open XML SDK 2.0 for Microsoft Office (April 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to simply the task of manipulating Open XML packages and the underlying Open XML schema elements within a package.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb448854.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Message Attachments in Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) Managed API 1.1 with Microsoft Exchange Online to create and work with e-mail attachments.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh145659(EXCHG.140).aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Creating a Simple Time-Reporting Tool Based on the Outlook 2010 Calendar (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to create an add-in to report on time spent in tasks that are tracked in the Outlook 2010 calendar. </description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=ce56bf47-58cf-4ef2-a6d9-693e1e0ea0f3&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating a Simple Time-Reporting Tool Based on the Outlook 2010 Calendar (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn to create an add-in to report on time spent in tasks that are tracked in the Outlook 2010 calendar. This add-in uses categories that you assign to appointment items for time-tracking purposes.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh144973.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Creating a Simple Time-Reporting Tool Based on the Outlook 2010 Calendar (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore a sample that shows how to create an add-in to report on time spent in tasks that are tracked in the Outlook 2010 calendar.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Outlook-2010-Time-af5b0e0a</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Download the SharePoint 2010 SDK (March 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>The March 2011 update of the SharePoint 2010 SDK contains new code samples, updated IntelliSense XML files, and updated documentation based on customer feedback.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=f0c9daf3-4c54-45ed-9bde-7b4d83a8f26f</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>SharePoint Online</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Announcing Office for Mac Developer Center - NEW!</title>
      <description>Check out the latest developer content for Office for Mac, including how Office for Mac 2011 provides the ability to add additional online storage providers to the Share menu. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/hh145614.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Announcement</category>
      <category>Office for Mac</category>
      <category>Version 2011</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automating Highlighting of Search Results in an Outlook Message (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Improve your experience searching for email content with a real add-in that you can build in Visual Studio and run with Outlook 2010. </description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/04/20/automating-highlighting-of-search-results-in-an-outlook-message.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Generating Excel 2010 Workbooks by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to manipulate a Microsoft Excel 2010 workbook.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh180830.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Retrieving Data from a Multi-Authentication Site Using the Client Object Model and Web Services in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn to add an additional header to your request when programmatically accessing a SharePoint site that uses multiple authentication providers.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh124553.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Starting Custom Applications from the Lync 2010 User Interface</title>
      <description>Add custom commands to Microsoft Lync 2010 menus, use the custom command to start an application, and then return SIP URIs to the application.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh181483.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using the Excel Services REST API to Access Excel Data in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the REST API to retrieve resources such as ranges, charts, tables, and PivotTables from workbooks stored on SharePoint Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh124646.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Using the Excel Services REST API to Access Excel Data in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to programatically retrieve data from an Excel workbook.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=sdc&amp;VideoID=b989266d-af0f-44a9-919d-febbfc6c6737</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Setting up a Lync 2010 Communications Plug-in to Visual Studio 2010</title>
      <description>Explore the code that shows how to add a Lync 2010 SDK control to a Visual Studio development system project, extract contextual data from Visual Studio, and then pass the data to a Lync 2010 client.</description>
      <link />
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Using UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010 for Contextual Communication</title>
      <description>Explore code that shows how to create a UCMA API 3.0 Core application that sets up a two-way contextual data channel with a Lync 2010 application that uses Silverlight. </description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Lync-2010-Using-UCMA-30-c1e7edf0</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Authentication in Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Get information about authenticating your EWS calls by using the Autodiscover service.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg194011(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Application Impersonation in Microsoft Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Exchange Web Services Managed API 1.1 with Exchange Online to enable a service account to access and use the rights of one or more specified user accounts and perform certain types of mailbox operations for those accounts.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg194012(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer’s Guide to the Excel 2010 Range Object (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Range object in Excel 2010 when you write macros in Visual Basic for Applications, including how to access, name, select, copy, loop through, and find ranges.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg192736.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automating Search Highlighting in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Microsoft Word object model in a C# Outlook 2010 add-in to extend Outlook Instant Search and highlight the search term in an item displayed in an inspector. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg193974.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Automating Search Highlighting in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore a code sample that shows how to use the Word object model in a C# Outlook 2010 add-in to extend Outlook Instant Search.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Outlook-2010-Automating-423cac8c</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Automating Search Highlighting in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to use the Word object model in a C# Outlook 2010 add-in to extend Outlook Instant Search.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=719b0061-7725-4103-9891-630e57071b45&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developer’s Guide to the Excel 2010 Application Object (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Application object in Excel 2010 when you write macros in Visual Basic for Applications. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg192737.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Developer’s Guide to the Excel 2010 Application Object (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to use the Range object in Excel 2010 when you write macros in VBA.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=odc&amp;VideoID=2c20b2b8-2b0d-421d-bca8-1efec2907378</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Developer’s Guide to the Excel 2010 Range Object (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video to use the Range object in Excel 2010 when you write macros in VBA.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=odc&amp;VideoID=cbe2fe92-eea6-4c70-9cf2-d800aaed8941</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learn How To Build a Silverlight App for PWA (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>. . . which is, after all, a SharePoint application. Get a basic understanding of the SharePoint and Silverlight in this training course that includes 30 hands-on labs.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/04/12/learn-how-to-build-a-silverlight-app-for-pwa.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Project</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 11: Building Customer Service Applications for the Right Situations (Real World SharePoint 2010)</title>
      <description>Learn about the new service application framework in SharePoint Server 2010 and how to use it to create custom service applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg193964.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 3: Monitoring SharePoint 2010 (Real World SharePoint 2010)</title>
      <description>Learn how to monitor your SharePoint 2010 installation by using tools that help you prevent, diagnose, and assess problematic issues.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg193966.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reading Enterprise RBS values: the Easy Way and the Not-So-Easy Way (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Jim Corbin writes about a couple of ways to programmatically get the Resource Breakdown Structure (RBS) value for a Project Server user. </description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/04/11/reading-enterprise-rbs-values-the-easy-way-and-the-not-so-easy-way.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Do I Extend Outlook to Do...</title>
      <description>Frequently we come across the question "How do I extend Outlook to do (a task)". Depending on how extensive the task is, you might look for your answer in one or more of the following ways...</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/04/11/how-do-i-extend-outlook-to-do.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>About Text Frame Overflows | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how text overflow is handled in a text frame in Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg190741.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Applying Animations to Shapes | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to manipulate the color format property of a shape in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg190747.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changing Color Formatting in Shapes | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to manipulate the color format property of a shape in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg190743.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manipulating Text Frame Orientation | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to manipulate a Word 2010 document by changing the text in a shape.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg190742.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with the Crop Property and Shapes | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to update a Word 2010 chart by changing various settings of the title.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg190745.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Popup Menus in All Versions of Excel</title>
      <description>Popup menus give you more flexibility in the options that you can offer to your users than built-in or custom context menus. See how to create popup menus that work in all versions of Excel.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg987030.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Solutions with Microsoft PowerPivot for Excel and SharePoint</title>
      <description>Learn how to use PowerPivot to create, analyze, and share Excel 2010 workbooks in innovative ways by creating end-to-end solutions with PowerPivot for Excel and PowerPivot for SharePoint.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg984505.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting Started with Media in PowerPoint 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work programmatically with different types of media in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg985316.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Add Media to a PowerPoint Presentation (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically add a video and audio file to a PowerPoint 2010 slide.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg985311.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Create Video from PowerPoint Slide Show (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to create a video clip from PowerPoint 2010 slides.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg985312.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Resampling Videos in PowerPoint (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically increase the size of a video in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation by using resampling.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg985313.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Selecting an API or Technology for Developing Outlook Solutions</title>
      <description>Read an article that describes each API and technology that extends Microsoft Outlook, and evaluates them to help you select the appropriate API or technology for solution development.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg608200.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update Media Properties in a PowerPoint Presentation (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to display and update media properties in a PowerPoint 2010 presentation.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg985317.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Recognition in UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010: Code Walkthrough, Part 5</title>
      <description>Part 5 has the code for the UCMA 3.0 application and the Lync 2010 SDK Silverlight application appears in the articles series. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg986845.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Recognition in UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010: How the Applications Interact, Part 2</title>
      <description>Part 2 describes how to develop a Lync 2010 conversation window with Lync 2010 API, and Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) or Microsoft Windows Forms.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg986847.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Recognition in UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010: Lync Application, Part 4</title>
      <description>Part 4 describes the Microsoft Lync 2010 API event handlers that are used in the application.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg986846.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Recognition in UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010: Scenario Overview, Part 1</title>
      <description>This is the first in a series of five articles that describe how a UCMA 3.0 application and a Lync 2010 application can be combined to perform speech recognition. Part 1 describes the scenario that motivates the two applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg986848.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Speech Recognition in UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010: UCMA Application, Part 3</title>
      <description>Part 3 describes the parts of the UCMA 3.0 application that are involved with speech recognition.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg986849.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Calling Public Web Services from a Sandboxed Silverlight Application (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to create sandboxed Microsoft Silverlight solutions that can call public web services in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg615590.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Calling Public Web Services from a Sandboxed Silverlight Application (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore the code as you learn to create sandboxed Silverlight solutions that can call public web services in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/SharePoint-2010-Calling-5dec07d3</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Calling Public Web Services from a Sandboxed Silverlight Application (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to create sandboxed Silverlight solutions that can call public web services in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=sdc&amp;VideoID=5d5189da-edb8-4969-8f07-a8718f1f606e</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working Programmatically with Media Player in PowerPoint (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to work with various video operations by using Media Player in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg985315.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working Programmatically with Shapes in Office 2010 (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Learn to programmatically create and manipulate shapes in Office 2010 and their associated objects.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg190746.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample Access 2010 Database for Streamline Reporting</title>
      <description>Download a sample data set that shows how you might create a database using shared business data, automate importing the data, and create and distribute reports to people who need a summary understanding of the data.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=90bd7553-6f49-4614-8848-db8c5ba5f8bb</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Streamline Reporting on Shared Business Data by Using Queries and Macros in Access 2010</title>
      <description>This article uses a sample data set to demonstrate how you might create a database using shared business data, automate importing the data, and create and distribute reports to folks who need a summary understanding of the data.</description>
      <link>http://office.microsoft.com/en-us/access-help/streamline-reporting-on-shared-business-data-by-using-queries-and-macros-HA102571244.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Lync IM Conversation Window: Helper Classes, Part 5</title>
      <description>Part 5 describes how to sign in and sign out of Lync 2010, and add Microsoft Bing spelling checker web service calls to an application. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg703762.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Lync IM Conversation Window: Lync 2010 API Event Handlers, Part 4</title>
      <description>Part 4 describes the Microsoft Lync 2010 API event handlers that are used in the application. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg703761.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Lync IM Conversation Window: Helper Methods, Part 3</title>
      <description>Part 3 describes the IM application helper methods that are used to update the application UI and call Microsoft Lync 2010 API methods. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg703763.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Lync IM Conversation Window: Window Control Event Handlers, Part 2</title>
      <description>Part 2 describes how to develop a Lync 2010 conversation window with Microsoft Lync 2010 API, and Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) or Microsoft Windows Forms.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg703764.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Lync IM Conversation Window: Introduction, Part 1</title>
      <description>This article is the first in a series of five articles that describe how to build a Microsoft Lync 2010 IM conversation window that features a spelling checker, and then add the spelling checker to the conversation window.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg703760.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Claims Tips 3: Learning About Claims-Based Authentication in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn five tips that are related to claims-based authentication in SharePoint 2010, including information about packaging, retrieving REST data, adding policy, managing trusted root authorities, and resolving logon page issues.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg597521.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Component API Reference for Office 2010</title>
      <description>Explore documentation for a set of programming elements that are common to all Microsoft Office 2010 programs.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg702942.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Reference</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changing Chart Location | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn to add a chart to a PowerPoint 2010 presentation and then programmatically move the chart from one slide to another slide.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg980942.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manipulate Data Points in a Chart | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to manipulate and retrieve information about points along a series in an Excel 2010 chart.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg980941.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manipulate Properties of a Chart Series | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to manipulate series data in an Excel 2010 chart.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg980940.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Modify a Chart Axes Text | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to update a PowerPoint 2010 chart by changing various settings of the axes text.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg185649.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Modify a Chart Legend | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to update a PowerPoint 2010 chart by changing various settings of the legend.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg185650.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Modify a Chart Style | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to update a PowerPoint 2010 chart by changing its style or layout.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg185650.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Modify a Chart Title | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to update a PowerPoint 2010 chart by changing various settings of the title.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg980938.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programmatically Create a Chart | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to create a chart in PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg185648.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update Chart Data | Office 2010 (Quick Note Task)</title>
      <description>Learn how to update a PowerPoint 2010 chart by adding data.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg980939.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Autodiscover with Microsoft Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Explore a code example and article that shows you how to use the Autodiscover service. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg591268(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Event Receivers in SharePoint Foundation 2010, Part 2</title>
      <description>Find practical examples in this article that show you how to use events to enhance your SharePoint applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg981880.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating an Excel Services and Bing Maps Mashup for SharePoint 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use a Bing Maps AJAX control to interact with an Excel Web Access Web Part using the Excel ServicesECMAScript object model.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg874071.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Creating an Excel Services and Bing Maps Mash-up for SharePoint 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to use Bing Maps AJAX controls to interact with Excel Web Access web parts.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/video.html?cid=sdc&amp;VideoID=e8e66688-aac7-487a-987b-e7de6c7bbc5a</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working Programmatically with Office 2010 Charts (Quick Note Scenario)</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically create and manipulate charts.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg980943.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with Excel Data Bars | Office 2010 (Quick Note)</title>
      <description>Learn how to create and manipulate Excel 2010 data bars.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg185647.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 10: Word Automation Services (SharePoint 2010 Web App The Complete Reference)</title>
      <description>Learn how to build Word web-based applications in Microsoft SharePoint 2010 by using OpenXML.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg703645.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 12: Excel Services (SharePoint 2010 Web App The Complete Reference)</title>
      <description>Learn how to build Excel web-based applications in Microsoft SharePoint 2010 by using OpenXML.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg697767.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Developing Client Applications with Office 2010 and Business Connectivity Services for SharePoint Server 2010</title>
      <description>Walk through the client-side features of BCS and learn how to use those features to your advantage in various kinds of scenarios.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg697782.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting Started with the Workflow Object Model in SharePoint Foundation 2010</title>
      <description>Need to manage workflows in a server farm? Learn how to harness the power of the workflow object model in SharePoint Foundation.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg749857.aspx </link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Event Receivers in SharePoint Foundation 2010, Part 1</title>
      <description>Event receivers in SharePoint Foundation 2010 enable your custom code to respond when specific actions occur on a SharePoint object. Practical examples in this article show you how to use events to enhance your SharePoint applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg749858.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introduction to PowerPivot for SharePoint 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Steve Hanson shows how to use PowerPivot for SharePoint to extend the reach of Excel workbooks that contain PowerPivot data.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg701942.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Introduction to PowerPivot for SharePoint 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to create Excel 2010 PivotTables using data provided by PowerPivot for Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=odc&amp;VideoID=af68b521-669e-4b0a-86ea-106306ab2812</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Introduction to PowerPivot for SharePoint 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore the code as you learn to create Excel 2010 PivotTables using data provided by PowerPivot for Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://archive.msdn.microsoft.com/odcxl14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5436</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cloud-Based Collaboration with SharePoint Online</title>
      <description>Learn how SharePoint Online development is similar to and different from SharePoint 2010 development by following along with Chris Mayo as he builds solutions that run in the cloud.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/magazine/gg650656.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Online</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Some Read/Write Properties Are Read-Only in Sandboxed Solutions (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Review a list of properties of the SPSite, SPWeb, and SPUser classes that are read/write in farm solutions are read-only in sandboxed solutions.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/sharepointdev/archive/2011/03/17/some-read-write-properties-are-read-only-in-sandboxed-solutions.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PowerShell Scripting Lync 2010 SDK Using Lync Model API</title>
      <description>Learn to automate Lync 2010 by using Microsoft Windows PowerShell scripting and the Lync Model API.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg670596.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Subscribing to Message Waiting Indicator or Using Exchange Web Services to Determine if a User has Voice Mail</title>
      <description>Learn how to determine when new voice mails appear in a unified communications application.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg670597.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Add Callouts to Shapes Programmatically in Visio 2010 (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Learn how the Page.DropCallout method creates a new callout shape on the page and associates the callout with the target shape you specify.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/03/15/use-the-page-dropcallout-method-to-add-callouts-to-shapes-programmatically-in-visio-2010.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Registry Metadata for Easier Data Access in Lync 2010 Contextual Conversations</title>
      <description>Learn to use application registration parameters for quick access to contextual data, application name, and application GUID in Lync 2010 contextual conversations.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg670598.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 13: The SharePoint Client Object Model and jQuery </title>
      <description>Read an online chapter that discusses objects that are supported by the Client Object Model, how to update a site title by using the Client Object Model, common list operations, and using jQuery with SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg701783.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 14: Silverlight and SharePoint Integration</title>
      <description>Read an online chapter that discusses Silverlight features and tools, how to create a Silverlight Web Part, how to access SharePoint 2010 data by using the Client Object Model, and how to extend Visual Studio to create Silverlight solutions.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg701782.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Search for a String in an Email Message and Automate a Reply (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Explore a technique that helps automate email replies using the object models of both Microsoft Outlook and Microsoft Word.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/03/15/how-to-search-for-a-string-in-an-email-message-and-automate-a-reply-that-contains-the-string.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adding Value to PowerPivot Data in Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Use the data management features and calculated columns in PowerPivot to add value to your PowerPivot for Excel 2010 data.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg670985.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Adding Value to PowerPivot Data in Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to use the data management features and calculated columns in PowerPivot to add value to your PowerPivot for Excel 2010 data.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=odc&amp;VideoID=1a453597-06ab-45ab-86a5-e7410e36384f</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Update of the Project 2010 SDK - March 2011 (Blog Post) </title>
      <description>Find 2 new conceptual and how-to topics, 18 updated topics, 50 updated managed code types, 5 new code samples, and a complete refresh of the SDK download.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/03/08/update-of-the-project-2010-sdk-march-2011.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 10: Developing Service-Oriented Applications for SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Read an online chapter that discusses web services that are native to SharePoint 2010, building custom web services, and implementing custom web services by using different client solutions in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg696063.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Interoperability and Implementation Notes</title>
      <description>This article discusses the use of implementation notes for enhancing interoperability. It also provides an overview of the implementation notes for the ISO/IEC 29500 standard that defines the Office Open XML format.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg696065.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Interoperability</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chapter 12: Securing Your SharePoint 2010 Applications</title>
      <description>Read an online chapter that discusses user authentication in SharePoint 2010, the difference between farm-level solutions and sandboxed solutions, and federated authentication using forms-based authentication and claims-based authentication.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg696064.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book Excerpt</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Download the Project 2010 SDK (March 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Check out the first download update since September 2010.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=46007f25-b44e-4aa6-80ff-9c0e75835ad9</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting Started with Development for Project 2010</title>
      <description>Explore the major features for development and customization of Microsoft Project 2010 and Project Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg607685.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Project 2010 SDK (March 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Find 2 new conceptual and how-to topics, 18 updated topics, 50 updated managed code types, and 5 new code samples in the March 2011 SDK update.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms512767.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Visual Studio 2010 SharePoint Developer Tools Overview Presentation (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Mike Morton, Program Manager on the Visual Studio team, presents a link to his session at the recent Microsoft MVP Summit.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/sharepointdev/archive/2011/03/03/visual-studio-2010-sharepoint-developer-tools-overview-presentation.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IE9 Jump List for Project Server (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Get a link to a blog post by Alex Burton, a Project MVP in Australia, that shows how to create an Internet Explorer 9 jump list for Project Server.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/project_programmability/archive/2011/03/01/ie9-jump-list-for-project-server.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Project Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Application Interface (OneNote 2010 Developer Reference)</title>
      <description>Explore four methods that help retrieve, manipulate, and update OneNote information and content. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg649853.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>OneNote</category>
      <category>Reference</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Subprocess Drawings Programmatically in Visio 2010</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the VBA object model to create a Visio 2010 subprocess diagram.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg650651.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Migrating Business Connectivity Services External Content Types in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn to migrate BCS external content types from a development environment to testing environments and production environments in SharePoint 2010. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg650431.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010 for Contextual Communication: Code Walkthrough, Part 5</title>
      <description>The code for the UCMA 3.0 application and the Lync 2010 SDK Silverlight application appears in this article.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg621174.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010 for Contextual Communication: Creating the Lync Application, Part 4</title>
      <description>This article contains details about the Lync 2010 application.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg621176.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010 for Contextual Communication: Creating the UCMA Application, Part 3</title>
      <description>This article describes the important details that appear in the Microsoft Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 application.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg621177.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010 for Contextual Communication: Scenario Overview, Part 1</title>
      <description>Explore the first in a series of six articles that describe how to create a Unified Communications Managed API (UCMA) 3.0 Core application that sets up a two-way contextual data channel with a Lync 2010 application that uses Silverlight.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg621169.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010 for Contextual Communication: Summary, Part 6</title>
      <description>Learn how to combine the server-side UCMA 3.0 features with the client-side features that are available in the Lync 2010 client by building applications that communicate between the two products.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg621175.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Connecting PowerPivot to Different Data Sources in Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to import data from different sources using PowerPivot for Excel 2010.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=298dfb85-e080-4564-80b4-c2b16e1adf5f&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Connecting PowerPivot to Different Data Sources in Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how the PowerPivot add-in for Excel 2010 can import data from many data sources, including relational databases, multidimensional sources, data feeds, and text files.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg624332.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using UCMA 3.0 and Lync 2010 for Contextual Communication: How the Applications Interact, Part 2</title>
      <description>This article describes the interactions between the UCMA 3.0 application and the Lync 2010 application.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg621173.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Unified Communications</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Version 3.0</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SharePoint 2010 SDK Resource Center - NEW!</title>
      <description>Learn how to get and install the SharePoint 2010 SDK, watch a short video about how to use the SDK Help, and get started with your own custom applications that build and extend upon SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/gg637004.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office Developer Bookstore</title>
      <description>Find books about Office development and related technologies in our Amazon.com bookstore.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/dd537534.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Book</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office Quick Notes - NEW!</title>
      <description>Quick Notes are 2-4 page tasks in a single scenario. Combined, they provide an end-to-end solution for a specific scenario. When you complete an exercise, you should have an idea of how to use that information for your own solutions.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/gg604820.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Backstage</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Office Fluent UI</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SDKs and References | Office Development - NEW!</title>
      <description>Find a complete list of SDKs and references for Office 2010, Office 2007, and Office 2003 in one handy place.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/aa905496.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Reference</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Technical Articles | Office Development - NEW!</title>
      <description>Find technical articles about customizing and extending Microsoft Office products and technologies.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/bb330659.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Training | Office Development - NEW!</title>
      <description>Find training resources for customizing and extending Microsoft Office products and technologies.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/gg610406.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Training</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Videos and Webcasts | Office Development</title>
      <description>Watch videos about customizing and extending Microsoft Office products and technologies.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/aa905350.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office 2010 Developer Map - NEW!</title>
      <description>Start visualizing the applications, services, client/server data-access technologies, on-premise servers, platform products and technologies, and tools that help developers build multiple line-of-business solutions.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/gg549099.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enterprise Search Resource Center | SharePoint 2010 - NEW!</title>
      <description>Find overviews, how-to topics, and other resources to help you develop and deploy Enterprise Search solutions in SharePoint Server 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/gg618546.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open XML SDK 2.0 Code Snippets for Visual Studio 2010</title>
      <description>The snippets in this download use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to accomplish many tasks involving Excel, PowerPoint, and Word 2007 and 2010 documents. Each snippet provides unique functionality that you can reuse within an application. </description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=78bea298-a3f9-44cf-bde0-b4f30dc986df</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Log On to a Specific Profile in Outlook 2010 (Blog Post)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Outlook object model to log on to a custom MAPI profile or the default profile. </description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/officedevdocs/archive/2011/02/23/how-to-log-on-to-a-specific-profile-in-outlook-2010.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Download the Office 2010 Developer Map Poster</title>
      <description>The poster highlights Office 2010 development, Office 2010 desktop applications, Office Mobile applications, Office 365 and Office Web Apps, client/server data-access technologies, on-premise servers, tools, and platform products and technologies.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=e92d8703-342e-4bd6-8877-d22b888ff29b</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Download</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Defining Associations in Business Connectivity Services Using SharePoint Designer 2010</title>
      <description>Learn how to use Business Connectivity Services to define relationships, called associations, between external tables.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg607166.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Accessing SharePoint 2010 Data with the Silverlight Client Object Model (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore code that shows how to use the SharePoint 2010 managed client object model to read and write data in SharePoint sites from Silverlight applications.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcsp14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5446</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office Open XML and the ECMA-376 Specification</title>
      <description>This article gives a brief overview of Office Open XML (Open XML), explains its uses, and helps the reader become familiar with the ECMA-376 Office Open XML File Formats specification that defines Open XML.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg607163.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Tagged Content Controls to Solve Structured Document Scenarios in Word 2010</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the Tag property of a content control to locate it inside a given Word document.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg605189.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using XML Mapping as Part of a Document Generation Solution in Word 2010</title>
      <description>Learn how to use content controls and XML mapping as part of a document generation scenario.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg605188.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Implementing a Form Region to Display Email Headers in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore the code as you learn to  customize the mail inspector in Outlook 2010 so that with the click of a button, Outlook can display the Internet headers of the current message.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcol14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5457</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Accessing SharePoint 2010 Data with the Silverlight Client Object Model</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to use the SharePoint 2010 managed client object model to read and write data in SharePoint sites from Silverlight applications.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/sharepoint.html?cid=sharepoint-video&amp;VideoID=6ec4256a-c12c-462f-b6c9-77ab9b0d3395&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Implementing a Form Region to Display Email Headers in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to  customize the mail inspector in Outlook 2010 so that with the click of a button, Outlook can display the Internet headers of the current message.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=46c2c809-fe59-488c-a56c-50389b01f4fd&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Implementing a Form Region to Display Email Headers in Outlook 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to customize the mail inspector in Outlook 2010 so that with the click of a button, Outlook can display the Internet headers of the current message.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg622917.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Replacing the Styles Parts in Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore this code sample as you learn to use the strongly typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 to replace the styles in a Word document with an XDocument instance.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcoffice14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5399</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Replacing the Styles Parts in Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video about using the strongly typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 to replace the styles in a Word document with an XDocument instance.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=951ee45d-afdf-4369-bf5d-56dcf724ec60&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Replacing the Styles Parts in Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Use the strongly typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 to replace the styles in a Word document with an XDocument instance, without loading the document into Word.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg605191.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Accessing SharePoint 2010 Data with the Silverlight Client Object Model (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use the SharePoint 2010 managed client object model to read and write data in SharePoint sites from Silverlight applications.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg595639.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Application Registration for Lync 2010 Contextual Applications</title>
      <description>Use two registration types together to dynamically configure a Microsoft Lync 2010 contextual application and secure the data that is used in the conversation.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg552617.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Article</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programming Enhanced Presence Schemas: Creating .NET Framework Assemblies from Schemas, Part 1</title>
      <description>Use the .NET Framework assembly to manipulate the enhanced presence XML from object-oriented and type-safe CLR classes. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg552622.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Article</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Application Lifecycle Management in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Plan and manage Application Lifecycle Management in SharePoint 2010 projects by using Visual Studio 2010 and SharePoint Designer 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg604045.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Security Best Practices for Developers in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Explore a list of security best-practice recommendations for developing in SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg552614.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting Started with Lync 2010 Model API</title>
      <description>This article introduces advanced Lync 2010 API features and describes application scenarios where you use the Lync Model API.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg552620.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SharePoint 2010 Architectures Overview</title>
      <description>Get an overview of the architectures of SharePoint Foundation 2010 and SharePoint Server 2010, including the platform stack, the ASP.NET-IIS integrated request pipeline, and the server and client object models.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg552610.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Reference</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Creating Custom SmartArt Layouts with Office Open XML for Office 2007 and Office 2010</title>
      <description>Explore the code as you learn to customize SmartArt layouts in the XML and create your own custom layout files.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/SmartArt/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5360</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating VBA Add-ins to Extend and Automate Microsoft Office Documents</title>
      <description>Examine when VBA might be the best choice for your add-in and explore several sample tasks that can be included in VBA add-ins for Microsoft Office 2010. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg597509.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Creating VBA Add-ins to Extend and Automate Microsoft Office Documents</title>
      <description>Explore the sample code as you create add-ins for Word, PowerPoint, and Excel by using VBA.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ProjectName=odcoffice14ta&amp;ReleaseId=5376&amp;lc=1033</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customizing the Ribbon in Visio 2010 by Using a Visual Studio 2010 Add-In</title>
      <description>Learn how to use a Visual Studio 2010 managed-code add-in project (that contains an XML resource) and some additional sample code from the Visio 2010 SDK Code Samples Library to customize the ribbon in Visio 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg617997.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting Started with Microsoft Exchange Online</title>
      <description>Find getting started information for developers working with Exchange Online as part of Microsoft Office 365.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg591267(EXCHG.140).aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Exchange</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Office Binary File Formats</title>
      <description>Learn about the binary file formats that are used in current and previous Office products, including how to use them, their basic structures, and key concepts for interacting with them programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg615407.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding the Excel MS-XLS Binary File Format</title>
      <description>Learn about the MS-XLS binary file format used in previously released Excel products, including basic structures and key concepts for interacting with the file format programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg615597.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding the Outlook MS-PST Binary File Format</title>
      <description>Learn about the MS-PST binary file format that is used in Microsoft Outlook, including the basic structures and key concepts for interacting with it programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg615595.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding the PowerPoint MS-PPT Binary File Format</title>
      <description>Learn about the MS-PPT binary file format used in previously released versions of PowerPoint, including the basic structures and key concepts for interacting with PowerPoint programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg615594.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding the Word MS-DOC Binary File Format</title>
      <description>Learn about the MS-DOC binary file format that is used in legacy Word products, including the basic structures and key concepts for interacting with it programmatically.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg615596.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Deleting Headers and Footers from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore a code sample that shows how to the use the SDK to delete all the header and footer parts, along with references to those parts in the main document part.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcoffice14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5397</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Consuming PowerPivot Data in Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you explore the subtle differences between PowerPivot PivotTables and standard Excel PivotTables.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=cb3e747b-cfc5-4214-912c-dc1a41ed3c4b&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Deleting Headers and Footers from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video that shows how to the use the SDK to delete all the header and footer parts, along with references to those parts.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=31963693-df94-464a-ac47-8db8f1319145&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introduction to PowerPivot for Excel 2010 (Visual How-To)</title>
      <description>Learn how you can use PowerPivot for Microsoft Excel to acquire, clean, and efficiently analyze large amounts of data. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg593125.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Introduction to PowerPivot for Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to use PowerPivot for Microsoft Excel to acquire, clean, and efficiently analyze large amounts of data.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=0ab0c8ae-3794-46fd-9200-5951a5af9ff4&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Consuming PowerPivot Data in Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Explore the subtle differences between PowerPivot PivotTables and standard Excel PivotTables in this visual how-to video and overview.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg619397.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deleting Headers and Footers from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to the use the SDK to delete all the header and footer parts, along with references to those parts, in this visual how-to video, overview, and code sample.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg591269.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Custom SmartArt Layouts with Office Open XML for Office 2007 and Office 2010</title>
      <description>MVP Stephanie Krieger examines the construction of a SmartArt diagram from the front and back ends, and then walks through the core basics of creating a custom SmartArt layout from scratch.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg583880.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2007</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Office 2010 SmartArt Template Files (136 Samples)</title>
      <description>Download SmartArt diagrams and code samples for Excel, Outlook, Word, and PowerPoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/SmartArt/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5418</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Working with SharePoint 2010 Themes (Anweshi Deverasetty)</title>
      <description>Learn how Themes were developed and deployed in this migration from SharePoint 2007 to 2010.</description>
      <link>http://blogs.msdn.com/b/sharepointdev/archive/2011/02/03/working-with-sharepoint-2010-themes.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Blog Post</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>User Interface Customization Resource Center | SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn how to customize and extend the Server ribbon, Web Parts, pages, and other elements in the SharePoint user interface.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/gg553001.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Web Resource</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Access Data in SharePoint 2010 Web Parts by Using LINQ</title>
      <description>Learn to create a SharePoint 2010 Web Part that retrieves data from lists by using LINQ.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=984ec3a9-da02-4f18-8cdd-557197688dce&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Access Multiple SharePoint 2010 Lists by Using LINQ</title>
      <description>Learn to create SharePoint 2010 Web Parts that query multiple lists by using LINQ.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=fb248f0d-90c7-4717-9ac0-8c1f12a93035&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Build WPF Applications by Using the SharePoint 2010 Client Object Model</title>
      <description>Learn to create a Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) application that uses the SharePoint 2010 client object model to retrieve data from a SharePoint Web site.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=ce7243fc-bb9f-446a-ae81-dbe9520031e9&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Create Silverlight Applications to Access SharePoint 2010 Data</title>
      <description>Learn to create a Silverlight application that displays SharePoint 2010 lists inside DataGrid controls.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=adb2d30c-284e-4bf8-b94d-e68e23dc3539&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Create Silverlight Graphs with SharePoint 2010 Data by Using LINQ</title>
      <description>Learn to create a Microsoft Silverlight application that retrieves SharePoint 2010 list data by using LINQ and then displays that data in graphs.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=5471a6e0-f3f0-4a2c-ab64-d00f16558db6&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Use SharePoint Designer 2010 to Create XSLT List View Web Parts</title>
      <description>Learn to use SharePoint Designer 2010 to create a XSLT List View Web Part.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=96690f0b-933f-403f-a23d-88ad58db8788&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>SharePoint Designer</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Using the Excel Services 2010 REST API</title>
      <description>Learn to use the Excel Services REST API to access items and work with data in a spreadsheet.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=d6b3c4c4-00c9-47e7-9b66-a4c946647775&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: SharePoint Online Development (in 180 Seconds)</title>
      <description>Get a conceptual overview of SharePoint Online and options for developing SharePoint solutions in the cloud in 3 minutes.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/sharepoint.html?cid=sharepoint-video&amp;VideoID=c507d153-c545-467c-8fb6-2cf7e81db3fa&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Custom Claims Providers in SharePoint 2010</title>
      <description>Learn to create a custom claims provider by using the SharePoint development tools in Visual Studio 2010 that issues custom claims based on whether the current user is a member of an Audience.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg615945.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Create Add-ins to Customize the Office 2010 Backstage View</title>
      <description>Learn to create a COM add-in that adds a custom tab, group, and other controls to the user interface.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=9f77911b-3f09-41ea-ad6e-bc406994dca2&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Backstage</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Create PowerPoint 2010 Chart with New Chart Object</title>
      <description>Learn how to programmatically create a chart in PowerPoint 2010 from Excel 2010 data.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=d127ab53-0b53-4277-89c1-2e3d29d4ee0d&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>PowerPoint</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Working with the Compatibility Checker in Excel 2007 and Excel 2010</title>
      <description>Learn about the Compatibility Checker that flags issues that may cause loss of fidelity or functionality when saving workbooks to previous versions of Microsoft Excel.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=93d70b91-cd19-4206-aa56-f80b9f97385f&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Quick Note</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Key Design Decisions in SharePoint 2010 Development</title>
      <description>Learn about important design decisions that you must make when you are planning and developing business solutions for SharePoint 2010.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg552613.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Extracting Styles from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0</title>
      <description>Explore the visual how-to code as you learn to use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to retrieve an XDocument instance that contains the styles or stylesWithEffects part from a Word document.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcoffice14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5398</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Word</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Extracting Styles from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as you learn to use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to retrieve an XDocument instance that contains the styles or stylesWithEffects part from a Word document.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=436ec7c9-ba0d-4b79-90e9-c2817ace3d4d&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Extracting Styles from Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Use the Open XML SDK 2.0 to retrieve an XDocument instance that contains the styles or stylesWithEffects part from a Word document, without loading the document into Word, in this visual how-to video, overview, and code sample.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg615380.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding the Issues Template in Access 2010</title>
      <description>Explore the design patterns used in the Access 2010 Issues web database template.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg597491.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Part 1: Developing a Real Outlook Social Connector Provider by Using a Proxy Library (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn to create an Outlook Social Connector provider in this visual how-to video, overview, and code sample.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg585219.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Part 1: Developing a Real Outlook Social Connector Provider by Using a Proxy Library</title>
      <description>Explore this visual how-to code as you learn to create an Outlook Social Connector provider.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcol14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5362</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Part 1: Developing a Real Outlook Social Connector Provider by Using a Proxy Library (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as you learn to create an Outlook Social Connector provider.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=b10d7dfb-c7d0-4d5c-b948-71c7b5c1be21&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Part 2: Getting Friends Information by Using the Proxy Library for Outlook Social Connector Provider Extensibility (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to return friend and non-friend information from an Outlook Social Connector Provider in this visual how-to video, overview, and code sample.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg585221.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Part 2: Getting Friends Information by Using the Proxy Library for Outlook Social Connector Provider Extensibility</title>
      <description>Explore this visual how-to code as you learn to return friend and non-friend information from an Outlook Social Connector Provider.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcol14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5362</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Part 2: Getting Friends Information by Using the Proxy Library for Outlook Social Connector Provider Extensibility (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as you learn to return friend and non-friend information from an Outlook Social Connector Provider.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=36e811dc-feb8-489a-8d8a-1d7ff5382eee&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Part 3: Getting Activities Information by Using the Proxy Library for Outlook Social Connector Provider Extensibility (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to return activity information from an Outlook Social Connector Provider in this visual how-to video, overview, and code sample.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg585218.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Part 3: Getting Activities Information by Using the Proxy Library for Outlook Social Connector Provider Extensibility</title>
      <description>Explore this visual how-to code as you learn to return activity information from an Outlook Social Connector Provider.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcol14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5362</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Part 3: Getting Activities Information by Using the Proxy Library for Outlook Social Connector Provider Extensibility (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as learn to return activity information from an Outlook Social Connector Provider.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=96543682-bb11-49e8-aef8-a9e05483c7b5&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Part 4: Building an Installation Package for a Real Outlook Social Connector Provider (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as you learn to create a Microsoft Windows Installer (.msi) package to deploy a custom Outlook Social Connector provider.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=0103976e-6909-42e4-a6ba-41f9dd0b660e&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Part 4: Building an Installation Package for a Real Outlook Social Connector Provider</title>
      <description>Explore this visual how-to code as you learn to create a Microsoft Windows Installer (.msi) package to deploy a custom Outlook Social Connector provider.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcol14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5362</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Part 4: Building an Installation Package for a Real Outlook Social Connector Provider (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to create a Microsoft Windows Installer (.msi) package to deploy a custom Outlook Social Connector provider in this visual how-to video, overview, and sample code.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg585220.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Creating a .NET Connectivity Assembly for Business Connectivity Services by Using Visual Studio 2010</title>
      <description>Explore the code as you learn to create a BDC model that uses BCS entities in Visual Studio to access a matrix in SQL Server.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcsp14ta/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5301</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating a .NET Connectivity Assembly for Business Connectivity Services by Using Visual Studio 2010</title>
      <description>Learn to create a BDC model that uses BCS entities in Visual Studio to access a "Training" matrix in SQL Server. The solution includes adding, updating, and deleting entities that comprise several database tables.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg585180.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Creating a .NET Connectivity Assembly for Business Connectivity Services by Using Visual Studio 2010</title>
      <description>Watch this video as you learn to create a BDC model that uses BCS entities in Visual Studio to access a matrix in SQL Server.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/sharepoint.html?cid=sharepoint-video&amp;videoID=def261bf-9188-4171-99b3-5583c6c015b3&amp;from=mscomsharepoint</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Customizing and Extending the SharePoint 2010 Server Ribbon</title>
      <description>Learn about the components that make up the SharePoint 2010 Server ribbon and how to customize the ribbon by walking through two ribbon customization scenarios.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg552606.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>SharePoint Foundation</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exploring PowerPivot for Excel and SharePoint: Blue Yonder Charters</title>
      <description>Explore a project that uses PowerPivot for Excel, Silverlight, and SharePoint Server 2010 to aggregate and share information, both inside and outside a firewall.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg543128.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open XML SDK 2.0 for Microsoft Office (January 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Simplify the task of manipulating Open XML packages and the underlying Open XML schema elements within a package.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb448854.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Verifying Whether an Outlook Item Has Been Modified but Not Saved</title>
      <description>Learn how to determine whether an Outlook item, such as a mail item or contact item, has been modified and has not been saved.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg583879.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Outlook</category>
      <category>Version 2003</category>
      <category>Version 2007</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Creating and Customizing Document Sets in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch a short video as you learn to create document sets by using Visual Studio 2010 instead of by using the browser-based user interface.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/sharepoint.html?cid=sharepoint-video&amp;VideoID=72c1200c-d118-4cf2-868c-1ceb02670831&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating and Customizing Document Sets in SharePoint Server 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn to create SharePoint Server 2010 document sets by using Visual Studio 2010 instead of by using the browser-based user interface.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg581064.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>SharePoint Server</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Project 2010 SDK (January 2011 Update)</title>
      <description>Use the SDK documentation to customize and integrate the Project 2010 clients and Project Server 2010 with other applications for enterprise project management.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms512767.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Project</category>
      <category>SDK</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Validating User Input With the Before Change Data Macro Event in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn to use the Before Change data macro event to validate user input in Access 2010 in this visual how-to video and overview.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg549169.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PowerShell Scripting Communicator Automation API Using Native Type Library</title>
      <description>Learn the basic steps for running a PowerShell script to automate Microsoft Lync 2010 using Communicator 2007 Automation API.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg581088.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Office Communicator</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>PowerShell Scripting Lync 2010 SDK Using Lync Extensibility API</title>
      <description>Learn how to automate Microsoft Lync 2010 using PowerShell scripting against Lync Extensibility API. </description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg581082.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Using Lync Controls to Send Contextual Data</title>
      <description>Learn to use a Microsoft Lync 2010 control to send contextual data in an IM message, and then retrieve the contextual data in the Lync Extensibility window on another computer.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg581087.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Article</category>
      <category>Lync</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Enabling and Disabling Automatic Page Resizing Programmatically in Visio 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as you learn to use the Page.AutoSize property to control whether Visio 2010 automatically resizes the drawing page when shapes are added to it.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=f426b57f-2d7c-41d6-a34c-6d9d08d53810&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Visio</category>
      <category>Visual Studio</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Enabling and Disabling Automatic Page Resizing Programmatically in Visio 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn to use the Page.AutoSize property to control whether Visio 2010 automatically resizes the drawing page when shapes are added to it in this visual how-to video and overview.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg577628.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Visio</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Deleting Comments By All Authors or Specific Authors in Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as you learn to use strongly typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 to delete comments by all or specific authors in a Word document.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=11b26ae1-b5d6-4ae7-a7ac-e8c0c2370855&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Merging Data from Multiple Workbooks into a Summary Workbook in Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as you learn to use VBA to take data from multiple Excel 2010 workbooks and merge them into one summary workbook.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=ac6b9785-f876-43ef-83c7-0cd8b9adc55b&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Video: Validating User Input With the Before Change Data Macro Event in Access 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Watch this short video as you learn to use the Before Change data macro event to validate user input in Access 2010.</description>
      <link>http://www.microsoft.com/resources/msdn/en-us/office/media/video/office.html?cid=office-video&amp;VideoID=8e861e48-3739-431a-b3ee-361e212a20c1&amp;from=mscomoffice</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Access</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Video</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deleting Comments By All Authors or Specific Authors in Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn to use the strongly typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 to delete comments by all or specific authors in a Word document in this visual how-to video and overview.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg537288.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Merging Data from Multiple Workbooks into a Summary Workbook in Excel 2010 (Visual How To)</title>
      <description>Learn how to use VBA to take data from multiple Excel 2010 workbooks and merge them into one summary workbook in this visual how-to video and overview.</description>
      <link>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg549168.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Excel</category>
      <category>VBA</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Visual How To</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sample: Deleting Comments By All Authors or Specific Authors in Word 2010 Documents by Using the Open XML SDK 2.0</title>
      <description>Explore this visual how-to sample as you learn to use strongly typed classes in the Open XML SDK 2.0 to delete comments by all or specific authors in a Word document.</description>
      <link>http://code.msdn.microsoft.com/odcoffice14h2/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx?ReleaseId=5216</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <category>Code Sample</category>
      <category>Office 2010</category>
      <category>Open XML</category>
      <category>Third-Party</category>
      <category>Version 2010</category>
      <category>Word</category>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>